XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
Contents
目 录
VOLUME 1 PROJECT OVERVIEW ................................................................................................................ 6
第一卷
工程概况 ............................................................................................................................................... 6
SECTION 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT.................................................................................................... 6
第 1.1 节 项目描述............................................................................................................................................ 6
1.1.1 Description of the Project 项目简介
............................................................................................. 6
1.1.2 Location of Project 工程地点............................................................................................................. 6
1.1.3 Brief Introduction of Project 工程简介.............................................................................................. 6
SECTION 1.2 SITE CONDITIONS.......................................................................................................................... 6
第 1.2 节 现场状况............................................................................................................................................ 6
SECTION1.3 SCOPE OF WORK ........................................................................................................................... 6
第 1.3 节 工作范围............................................................................................................................................ 6
SECTION1.4 PROJECT FEATURES & ANALYSIS .................................................................................................. 7
第 1.4 节 项目特点分析.................................................................................................................................... 7
SECTION1. 5 PROJECT OBJECTIVES .................................................................................................................. 7
第 1.5 节 项目目标............................................................................................................................................ 7
1.5.1 Quality Objective 质量目标............................................................................................................... 8
1.5.2 Safety and Civilized Objectives 安全、文明目标 ........................................................................... 8
1.5.3. Schedule Objectives 工期目标 ........................................................................................................ 8
VOLUME 2 THE PROJECT EXECUTION PROGRAM ............................................................................... 9
第二卷 项目执行计划 ......................................................................................................................................... 9
SECTION 2.1 THE PROJECT ORGANIZATION CHART........................................................................................ 9
第 2.1 节
项目组织计划 ................................................................................................................................ 9
2.1.1 Organization Chart 组织机构图 ..................................................................................................... 9
2.1.2 CV of Key Staffs 主要人员简历.................................................................................................... 10
SECTION 2.2 PROJECT SCHEDULE ................................................................................................................ 14
2.2.1 Milestones 项目里程碑..................................................................................................................... 14
2.2.2 Master Schedule 施工总进度计划 .................................................................................................. 14
2.2.3 Schedule Assurance Measures 项目进度保证 ............................................................................. 14
SECTION2. 3 RESOURCE PLAN ........................................................................................................................ 15
第 2.3 节 资源计划 ........................................................................................................................................ 15
2.3.1 Manpower Plan 人力投入计划 ........................................................................................................ 15
2.3.2 Equipment & Plant Plan 机械设备计划.......................................................................................... 18
SECTION 2.4 SITE PLAN ................................................................................................................................. 25
第 2.4 节 现场总平面布置 ............................................................................................................................ 25
2.4.1 Site Layout Plan 总平面布置方案................................................................................................... 25
2.4.2 Temporary Water Plan 临时用水方案 ............................................................................................ 26
2.4.3 Temporary Electricity Plan 临时用电方案...................................................................................... 26
SECTION 2.5 EXTERNAL COORDINATION.......................................................................................................... 30
第 2.5 节 外部协调计划 ................................................................................................................................ 30
2.5.1 Coordination with Parties Concerned 与项目参与方（业主，管理公司，设计院，咨询公司，
监理，质监站等）....................................................................................................................................... 30
SECTION 2.6 INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE SCHEME .................................................................................... 33
第 2.6 节 项目验收计划 ................................................................................................................................ 33
2.6.1 In-Process Acceptance 过程验收计划 ........................................................................................... 33
2.6.2 Take-over Acceptance 竣工验收计划............................................................................................. 35
SECTION2.7 AFTER-PROJECT SERVICE ........................................................................................................... 40
第 2.7 节 售后服务计划 ................................................................................................................................ 40
2.7.1 Our Commitment 我们承诺 ............................................................................................................. 40
2.7.2 Contact List 联系人名单................................................................................................................... 40
2
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
VOLUME 3
METHOD STATEMENT ........................................................................................................... 41
第三卷
施工方案 ............................................................................................................................................. 41
SECTION 3.1 MEASUREMENT METHOD............................................................................................................. 41
第 3.1 节 测量方案 ........................................................................................................................................ 41
3.1.1 Difficulty of Measure Work 测量工作的难点.................................................................................. 41
3.1.2 Control of Measure Work 平面控制测量控制................................................................................ 41
3.1.3 Height Transmission 高程传递........................................................................................................ 42
3.1.4 Steel Structure Installation 钢结构安装.......................................................................................... 42
3.1.5 Fall Observation 沉降观测............................................................................................................... 44
3.1.6 Foundation Plan Observation 基础平面测量 ................................................................................ 44
SECTION 3.2 EARTHWORK METHOD............................................................................................................... 45
第 3.2 节 土建施工方案 ............................................................................................................................. 45
3.2.1 Site Situation 现场情况 .................................................................................................................... 45
3.2.2 Work Arrangement 施工部署........................................................................................................... 45
3.2.3 Earthwork Preparation 开挖前准备 ................................................................................................ 45
3.2.4 Excavation Method 开挖方式 .......................................................................................................... 45
3.2.5 Soil Excavation 土方开挖................................................................................................................. 46
3.2.6 Piling Re-check 桩基复核及桩顶处理 ............................................................................................ 47
3.2.7 Soil Backfill 基坑土方回填 ............................................................................................................... 48
SECTION 3.3 FORMWORK METHOD .................................................................................................................. 48
第 3.3 节 模板安装方案.................................................................................................................................. 48
3.3.1 guideline 概述.................................................................................................................................... 48
3.3.2 Foundation Formwork 基础模板 ..................................................................................................... 49
3.3.3 Bolt Installation 地脚螺栓安装......................................................................................................... 49
SECTION 3.4 REINFORCED STEEL WORKS OF SUPERSTRUCTURE ................................................................. 50
第 3.4 节 钢筋工程.......................................................................................................................................... 50
3.4.1 Steel Material Purchase and Check 钢筋原材料的采购、验收管理 .......................................... 50
3.4.2 Steel Material Stack、Prohibit and Sign 钢筋原材料的现场堆放、保护及标识 ....................... 51
3.4.3Preparation 准备工作 ........................................................................................................................ 52
3.4.4 Laying-off & Manufacturing 钢筋配料及制作 ................................................................................ 52
3.4.5 Beam Rebar Colligation 梁钢筋绑扎 .............................................................................................. 54
3.4.6 Rebar Covering Control 钢筋保护层控制 ...................................................................................... 55
SECTION 3.5 SUPERSTRUCTURE CONCRETE WORKS .................................................................................. 55
第 3.5 节 混凝土工程...................................................................................................................................... 55
3.5.1Preparation 准备工作 ........................................................................................................................ 55
3.5.2 Commercial Ready Mixed Concrete 预拌混凝土 ......................................................................... 56
3.5.3Slump Test 坍落度测试 ..................................................................................................................... 56
3.5.4 Concrete Compressive Strength Tests 混凝土抗压强度试验 ..................................................... 57
3.5.5 Transportation of Concrete 混凝土的运送 ..................................................................................... 58
3.5.6 Placing of Concrete 混凝土的浇筑 ................................................................................................. 58
3.5.7 Compaction of Concrete by Vibration 混凝土振捣密实 ............................................................... 59
3.5.8 Curing 养护 ........................................................................................................................................ 60
SECTION 3.6 MASONRY WORKS ...................................................................................................................... 60
第 3.6 节 砌体工程.......................................................................................................................................... 60
3.6.1 Site Preparation 现场准备 ............................................................................................................... 60
3.6.2 Cement Mortar 水泥砂浆 ................................................................................................................. 61
3.6.3 Masonry Material 砌筑材料 ............................................................................................................. 61
3.6.4Requirement of Masonry 砌筑要求 ................................................................................................. 61
SECTION 3.7 DECORATION CONCEPT............................................................................................................... 62
第 3.7 节 装饰装修方案.................................................................................................................................. 62
3.7.1 Ceiling Work 吊顶施工 ..................................................................................................................... 62
3.7.2 Doors and Windows Work 门窗安装 .............................................................................................. 64
3.7.3 Floor Work 地面施工方案 ................................................................................................................ 66
3.7.4 Wall Work 墙面施工方案.................................................................................................................. 70
3
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
SECTION 3.98STEEL STRUCTURE WORK ......................................................................................................... 73
第 3.8 节 钢结构施工方案.............................................................................................................................. 73
3.8.1 Fabrication of Steel Structure 钢结构加工..................................................................................... 73
3.8.2 Delivery 发运 ..................................................................................................................................... 88
3.8.3 主钢构吊装 Main steel structure lifting ........................................................................................... 91
3.8.4 屋墙面板的安装 Roof & Wall Panel Installation............................................................................ 92
3.8.5 屋面防水施工方案 Roof waterproofing construction concept ..................................................... 92
SECTION 3.9 MEP WORKS ........................................................................................................................... 116
第 3.9 节 机电工程…………………………………………………………………………………….116
3.9.1 Electrical installation procedure 电气系统施工方法 ................................................................... 116
3.9.2HVAC system system installation procedure 通风空调系统施工方法 ...................................... 129
3.9.3Plumbing & Sanitary system 给排水系统 ..................................................................................... 134
VOLUME 4 QUALITY MANAGEMENT POLICY....................................................................................... 141
第四卷 质量管理体系 ..................................................................................................................................... 141
SECTION 4.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE & MANAGEMENT SYSTEM ................................................................... 141
第 4.1 节 质量保证体系................................................................................................................................ 141
4.1.1 Project Quality Assurance Objectives 工程质量目标................................................................. 141
4.1.2 Quality Assurance Organization Chart 项目质量保证体系图 ................................................... 142
SECTION 4.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE & MANAGEMENT SYSTEM ................................................................... 143
第 4.2 节 质量保证和管理计划 .................................................................................................................... 143
4.2.1 Basis for Q/A Plan Preparation 质量保证体系编制依据 ............................................................ 143
4.2.2 Guideline & Objectiv 质量方针及目标 e...................................................................................... 143
SECTION 4.3 QUALITY CONTROL MEASURES ............................................................................................... 143
第 4.3 节 质量控制措施 .............................................................................................................................. 143
4.3.1 Guideline 概述 .............................................................................................................................. 143
4.3.2 Workmanship 工艺 ......................................................................................................................... 143
4.3.3 Factory Certified Test Logs 工厂测试记录 .................................................................................. 143
4.3.4 Manufacturers’Field Services 制造商现场服务........................................................................... 144
4.3.5 Testing Laboratory Services 实验室测试..................................................................................... 144
4.3.6 Check and Test Records 检查测试记录 ...................................................................................... 145
4.3.7 General Quality Specification for Construction and T&C 施工以及测试/调试质量说明........ 145
4.3.8 Quality Documentation 质量文件.................................................................................................. 148
SECTION 4.4 CORRECTIVE ＆ PREVENTIVE ACTION .................................................................................... 148
第 4.4 节 更正&预防措施 ............................................................................................................................. 148
4.4.1 Guideline 概述 .............................................................................................................................. 148
4.4.2 Corrective Action Maybe Initiated By 更正措施可能从以下措施着手 ..................................... 149
4.4.3 Corrective Action 更正措施............................................................................................................ 149
4.4.4 Precautions 预防措施..................................................................................................................... 150
4.4.5 Punch List & Remedies 整改清单和整改清单的完成................................................................. 150
VOLUME 5 HSE EXECUTION PLAN ......................................................................................................... 156
第五卷
健康、安全、环境（HSE）实施计划 ........................................................................................... 151
SECTION 5.1 PURPOSE, POLICY AND COMMITMENT OF HSE........................................................................ 151
第 5.1 节 HSE 管理方针、承诺和目标....................................................................................................... 151
SECTION 5.2 HSE ORGANIZATION CHART ...................................................................................................... 152
第 5.2 节 HSE 组织体系............................................................................................................................... 152
SECTION 5.3 HSE TRAINING ........................................................................................................................ 156
第 5.3 节 HSE 教育和培训........................................................................................................................... 156
SECTION 5.4 INSPECTION AND SUPERVISION................................................................................................. 157
第 5.4 节 检查与监督.................................................................................................................................... 157
SECTION 5.5 SITE HSE CONTROL.................................................................................................................. 158
第 5.5 节 现场 HSE 管理.............................................................................................................................. 158
SECTION 5.6 HSE CONTROL FOR CONSTRUCTION WORK ............................................................................. 164
第 5.6 节 施工作业的 HSE 管理.................................................................................................................. 164
4
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
SECTION 5.7 PROTECTION FOR MACHINE AND EQUIPMENT ........................................................................... 175
第 5.7 节 机械设备防护................................................................................................................................ 175
SECTION 5.8 SITE SECURITY AND GUARD ...................................................................................................... 175
第 5.8 节 现场保卫........................................................................................................................................ 175
SECTION 5.9 FIELD CIVILIZATION CONSTRUCTION MEASURE ........................................................................ 176
第 5.9 节 现场文明施工措施........................................................................................................................ 176
SECTION 5.10 ENCOURAGING METHOD FOR HSE MANAGEMENT ................................................................. 179
第 5.10 节 HSE 管理激励措施 .................................................................................................................... 179
SECTION 5.11 FOR FORMS RELATING TO HSE .............................................................................................. 180
第 5.11 节 涉及 HSE 相关的表格................................................................................................................ 180
5
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
Volume 1 Project Overview
第一卷
工程概况
Section 1.1 Description of the Project
第 1.1 节 项目描述
1.1.1 Description of the Project 项目简介
XXXX Company. Expansion Factory Expansion project, which located in the north side of
xxxxx Road (Spanish Industrial Park),. And this project is consist of 4 floors, and the building
area is about 3719 m2,the elevation height is 24.6m. The general work scope is the indoor &
outdoor engineering works, mainly including the following parts；
XXXXXXX有限公司扩建厂房工程位于…………..内。本期工程为一1~4层的厂房，
建筑面积约3719m2。建筑物最高标高为24.6m。本工程包括车间及室内外工程。主要包
括以下部分；
The building structure is multiple layers steel structure system. They are:
建筑物主体结构为多层框架钢结构系统。分别是;
a.
he first floor: In Axis 1~10, Axis A~F. Area is about …………… m2..
一层：位于轴1~轴10，轴A~轴F，面积约........... m2.
b. The second floor: Mainly in Axis4~11, Axis C~E. Area is about........... m2.
二层：主要位于轴4~轴11，轴C~轴E。面积约为……….. m2
Section 1.2 Site Conditions
第 1.2 节 现场状况
1.2.1 Site Conditions现场状况
For this project, the site must keep clean during construction, specially pay attention to dust and
the noise.
拟新建厂房，施工时必须保证现场环境整洁，特别粉尘及噪音控制。
1.2.2 Temporary water and electricity connection临时水电连接
The temporary water, electricity and detail location will connected by the general contractor after
getting the instruction by the owner.
本工程施工临时用水、用电连接，具体位置由业主指定后由总包方负责连接。
Section1.3 Scope of Work
第1.3节 工作范围
1.3.1 Scope Of Work工作范围
This construction work includes (but not limited to) the following work: (detailed work refer to bill of
quantities and the drawing)
6
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
本次我方投标范围包括以下工作内容：（具体施工内容见工程量清单和图纸）
All construction related registration, permitting and acceptance affairs ；
代表业主负责与建筑相关的一切项目报建、审批及验收手续；
Design checking and verification ；
设计校核；
Provide shop drawing ；
提供深化设计；
Execution of all civil, structural and mechanical-electrical-plumbing works, as it’s
specified in the tender documents for the expansion project,but not limited to road etc ；
招标文件中所规定的，厂房的所有土建、结构、装修、机电安装，外场设施，包括但不仅限于
道路等新建工程；
All coordination work with Owner’s suppliers ；
与业主的供应商所有配合工作；
Transportation and dumping in proper location of construction rubbish, debris and
surplus soil ；
所有建筑垃圾、多余土方的外运并合理堆置；
Site cleaning and final cleaning ；
现场清洁及最后交工清洁；
All necessary temporary facilities, e.g temp construction road, temp site office, temp labor
camp, temp water, power and sewage, etc；
所有必需的临时设施，如临时施工道路、临时现场办公室、临时工人宿舍、临时水、临时电、
临时排污等；
All construction utility consumptions and fees & costs for its own working permits ；
所有施工用水电消耗及承包商承担的政府审批、检测、验收等费用；
All construction documents for authorities ；
所有政府所需的施工文件；
All other works specified in the tender documents ；
招标文件规定的其他工作；
Section1.4 Project Features & Analysis
第 1.4 节 项目特点分析
A. The project contain with lots of professional items as construction civil, steel structure, steel wall
panels, mechanical and electrical installation. It must coordinate well with all different items to
ensure the project quality.
本工程专业较多，包含土建、钢结构、彩钢板墙面、屋面工程、机电安装等一系列专业工程，必须
做好各专业之间沟通协调工作，保证工程质量。
B. It is totally same principle with the owner, we will pay highly attention and strictly requirements
on construction safety. We will strictly executive the detail regulations of safety to ensure the zero
accident during the construction work.
业主对施工安全的高度重视和严格要求，与我公司的理念相吻合，我公司在施工过程中将严格执行
业主对施工安全的具体规定。确保在本工程施工过程中达到零事故的目标。
Section1. 5 Project Objectives
7
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
1.5 节 项目目标
We will make avail of our advantages and arrange the intercross operation of civil works, M&E
installation and decoration in compliance with local quality inspection codes and regulations to
guarantee the project quality and to achieve the objectives below:
充分发挥企业优势，科学地组织土建、安装与装饰工程的施工，严格执行国家的相关施工质量验收
规范，实现如下目标：
1.5.1 Quality Objective 质量目标
With strong support and cooperation of the owner and our strict management, we shall guarantee
one-time acceptance.
在业主的大力支持及配合以及我公司的严格管理下，确保一次性验收合格。
1.5.2 Safety and Civilized Objectives安全、文明目标
Set up HSE construction objectives, comply with relating local construction site standardization
management, and “zero accident” and “well –organization” is the top target.
确立安全、文明施工计划目标，执行本地有关建筑工程施工现场标准化管理规定组织施工，确保工
程安全事故为零，文明施工。
1.5.3. Schedule Objectives工期目标
A Schedule objectives 工期目标
The intended commencement is ………., the completion date is…………. The construction
duration is…………... We will start the construction work when we get the notice from the owner or
management company in written.
拟定开工日期为………….，计划竣工日期为……………..，工期….个月，时间…..日历天。正式开工
以业主或顾问公司的书面通知为准。
8
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
Volume 2 The Project Execution Program
第二卷
项目执行计划
Section 2.1
The Project Organization Chart
第2.1节
项目组织计划
2.1.1
Organization Chart 组织机构图
xxxxxxxxxx
Project Director
Project Manager
Safety
Manager
Construction
Manager
MEP
Manager
Material
Manager
Project
Documentation
9
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
2.1.2
CV of Key Staffs 主要人员简历
10
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
技术经理个人简历
Technical Manager
11
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
12
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
13
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
Section 2.2
Project Schedule
第 2.2 节
工程进度计划
2.2.1 Milestones 项目里程碑
In order to fulfill the target of these milestones, we have set up the master schedule and the timing
plan for some main disciplines.
为了保证这些项目里程碑的实现我们将从人力、机械及材料等方面对项目进行统筹计划，我们制定
了切实可行的各主要分项进度计划及总进度计划
2.2.2 Master Schedule 施工总进度计划
（Refer to attached page 见附件施工进度计划）
2.2.3 Schedule Assurance Measures 项目进度保证
A．Measures to guarantee the schedule 确保工期措施
In order to ensure that the project is within schedule, we shall do as follows:
为了保证本工程能够按照业主的进度顺利完成，我们将精心做好下列工作：
Make full advantage of our own team of workers, experienced and qualified workers shall
be assigned for the construction.
充分发挥我公司自有队伍的优势，安排充足的、具有较高素质的施工人员来现场进行施工。
Per the master schedule, we shall work out the procurement plan; watch line shall be set
for the materials in stock, make procurement so long as the stock is below the watch line
to prevent any delay due to lack of materials.
根据施工进度计划，排出材料供货计划。并对材料的库存量设置警戒线，一旦库存量低于警
戒线，立即进行采购，避免材料用尽再去采购的结果。
The financial department shall allocate enough capital to guarantee the cash flow.
公司财务部分安排充足的资金来满足工程的要求。
Arrange each procedure reasonably to ensure a smooth transition.
合理安排各工序的流水施工，保证各施工工序的衔接。
Improve the quality management and control steps to keep from rework.
加强质量管理和控制，尽量避免返工。
14
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
Improve the safety management and control steps to guarantee a safe and sound working
condition.
加强安全管理和控制，使本工程在安全状态下进行施工。
Compare the actual progress with the target, if any delay incurs, analyses the causes in
respect of workers, materials, technology, management and capital etc so that a solution
may be found out promptly.
每天将实际进度与计划进度进行对比。如发现实际进度落后于计划进度，立即分析原因，从
人员材料、机械、技术、管理、资金等方面提出改进措施并落实。
Section2. 3 Resource Plan
第 2.3 节
资源计划
2.3.1 Manpower Plan 人力投入计划
A．Labor Force Plan 劳动力投入计划
Based on our understanding to the project and our experience, we initialed the labor force plan as
follows:
根据我司对该项目的理解及经验，我们拟定的劳动力投入计划如下：
Manpower Schedule
人力资源计划表
15
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
16
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
B. Bar Chart of Labor-force 劳动力投入柱状图
17
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
2.3.2 Equipment & Plant Plan 机械设备计划
List of Major Mechanical Plants 主要机械设备需求计划表
18
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
19
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
20
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
21
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
22
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
23
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
24
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
Section 2.4
Site Plan
第 2.4 节
现场总平面布置
2.4.1 Site Layout Plan 总平面布置方案
（See appendix site general layout）见附件现场总平面布置图
Construction layout of content: site temporary road, crane walk road, site office area, living area,
temporary storage, turnover frame material and material yard, processing workshop,
transportation roads, open drain, sedimentation tank, temporary water supply, electricity supply
route.
施工平面布置的内容：现场临时道路、吊车行使道路、现场办公区、生活区、临时仓储、周转
架料以及材料堆放场地、加工车间、运输道路、排水明沟、沉淀池、临时用水用电路线。
The standardized layout 现场标化布置
(1) Gate 大门
(2) Fence 围墙
(3) Guide brand 导向牌
(4) Dormitory 宿舍
（1）
（5） The office, conference room 办公室、会议室
25
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
2.4.2 Temporary Water Plan 临时用水方案
A. Layout Plan of Temporary Water
临时水电布置图
The interface position of temporary water will developed by the client, the general contractor is
responsible for water involved in the scene. We propose DN90PVC pipe as main pipeline which is
casing buried. The living area, production area and design measurement will increasing the design
device.
临时用水接口由现场业主制定位置，总承包方负责将生活、生产用水介入现场，拟采用 DN90PVC
管材作为主管线，管线均采用覆土埋设，生活区及生产区均加设计量装置。
2.4.3 Temporary Electricity Plan 临时用电方案
A. The scheme for the temporary power consumption
临时用电方案
a) The wire of power utilization should be laid around the field and built on stilts. Then link the
power supply tie-in supplied by the owner.
施工用电电线沿现场四周架空敷设，接业主提供的电源。
b) The power utilization for construction and for lighting should be separated.
施工用电与照明用电分开。
c) The electric equipment for production
生产用电设备
d) The owner supplies the power resource and sets up a switch room. Then the power can be
distributed from the super switch room.
业主提供用电电源，设一配电间，从总配电间接出分配电。
e) Grounding must be mounted for distribution. The substance for grounding uses the galvanized
steel pipe of Φ32mm. The pipe is buried at the depth of about 0.3 m. The ground resistance must
be smaller than 6 ohm.
配电必须设置一组接地，接地体采用 Φ32mm 镀锌钢管，埋设深度 0.3m 左右，接地电阻必须小于 6
欧姆。
f) Before construction, the cables and the electrical boxes are disposed around the field. Some
five-core cables of rubber and copper supply the power source. Those cables connect with the
low-pressure feeder panel on the side of the switch room and are laid around the field overhead.
施工前，电缆敷设及电箱布置在场地四周布置，若干路橡皮铜质五芯电缆，提供电源从配电间低压
侧配电屏接出沿现场周围架空敷设。
g) The power utilization for offices and amenities
办公室及生活用电
Wires for lighting are spanned at the bottom of the aisles of each floor and apply the open wires.
There is a single-phase leakage switch (creepage action must be ≤30MA) and a current limiter.
26
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
2 daylight lamps of 48W and a single-phase 10A socket with three holes are installed in every
office. The electric heater can not be used in dormitory, and wires can not be spanned at
random in dormitory either.
照明线路架架空，采用明线，每层设一只单相漏电开关，（漏电动作必须≤30MA）和一只限流器。
每间办公室内装两盏 48W 日光灯，与一只单相三眼 10A 插座。宿舍内不准使用电热器，不准乱
拉电线。
Grounding and lightning proof
接地与防雷
The electro-equipments, which is grounded for lightning proof, must be grounded
repeatedly.
作防雷接地的电气设备，必须同时作重复接地。
At the construction site, it is strictly prohibited to use the earth as leg of a circuit or zero
conductors. No switch or fuse can be installed at the safeguard zero conductor.
施工现场严禁利用大地作相线或零线，保护零线不得装设开关或熔断器。
The uniform symbol of safeguard zero conductor should be two-color lines of green and
yellow. Through fair and foul, it is not allowed to use the two-color lines of green and yellow
as load lines.
保护零线的统一标志应为绿、黄双色线。在任何情况下不得采用绿、黄双色线作负荷线。
The safeguard zero conductors must be grounded repeatedly at the switch room. So does
at the middle and the end of the distributing lines. The grounding resistance is≤6Ω
保护零线必须在配电室作重复接地，还必须在配电线路的中间处和未端处做重复接地，接地
电阻值≤6Ω.
2.4.4 Temporary Drainage Plan 临时污水排放
Construction Water Drainage 施工污水排放
The temporary drainage trench will be set around the main building (use concrete pipe to cross the
temporary road and pavement) and at proper internal places. Site maintenance workers shall be
arranged for a timely maintenance of these temporary trenches or operation of pumps during rainy
days. The waste water will be discharged via deposition pond and meet requirements of local
environment authority. Approval for these needs to be got from local environment authority..
沿周边挖设排水沟（设过路管），并于内场区适当开挖部分排水沟，经沉淀池沉淀达到排污标准，经
当地环保部门许可后，排入市政管网。
The check-hole will be made at each temporary toilet out-let leading to the site temporary septic
tank according to the site actual condition.
生活污水排放：每个厕所出口设检查井，引至场区临时化粪池并在竣工时拆除。
2.4.5 Site Security Plan 现场安保计划
The project department shall set the entrance guards and the security guards at the entrance of
the construction site. The security guards shall perform eight-hour work system, three persons per
shift. During the shift time, the security guards shall wear the work clothes. Each shift shall fill in
the Guard Daily Report. The data of the security guards shall be collected and bound each month
and submitted to the HES Section of the Project Department at the end of each month.
项目部在工地入口处设立门卫及保安。保安实行8小时工作制，每班3人。在班期间，保安应着装值
勤。并每班按填写《警卫日报》。保安资料每月收集装订成册，月底交项目部HES部门。
The entrance guards mainly control the entrance and exit of the personnel and materials, examine
27
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
the wearing of the personal protective equipment (PPE) of the person entering the site and appoint
the receipt and unloading place when the delivery arrives.
门卫主要控制人员和材料的进出，检查进场人员的PPE劳保用品的佩戴，并在送货到达时指定接收
卸货点。
All staffs entering the site must wear the safety helmets, the safety shoes and the safety glasses.
The security guards shall prohibit the person from entering the site if he or she does not wear the
safety protective equipment.
进入现场内的所有工作人员，必须佩戴安全帽、安全鞋、安全眼镜 ，对没有或未佩戴安全保护用品
的人员，保安应拒绝其进入施工现场。
Whenever on site, the staffs of the Project Department (and the subcontractor) are required to
wear the effective site work card with the company name, the person name and the work area.
Any person, who enters the site by using other person’s card, shall be published according to the
site punishment regulations once discovered and the card shall be confiscated.
在现场的任何时候，项目部（及其下包）的员工需佩戴标有公司名称、姓名、工作区域以及有效的
现场工作证。对冒用其他人员证件进入现场的人员，一经发现将按照现场处罚条例进行处罚，并没
收相关证件。
The transportation of materials and waste from the construction site requires the permit signed
and approved by the project site manager or the authorized person. The entrance guards shall
check and register the materials and time of entering and leaving and fill in the form of Record of
Entrance and Exit of Materials
材料和废物垃圾运出工地时须有项目现场经理或其授权人签字批准的许可证，门卫应对进出的材料、
时间进行核对登记，填写材料进出记录。
During the night shift, the construction site gate shall be closed and at least two security guards
are required to patrol and avoid the fire and the theft, and required to keep contact with the
security guards in the guardhouse.
夜间值班时，工地大门应关闭，现场至少有2名保安应坚持值班巡逻，防止火灾或盗窃的发生，同时
与警卫室保安保持联系。
When the fire or theft is discovered, the security guards shall report or telephone the 110 to give an
alarm so as to reduce the property loss of the owner or the company and also fill in the Project
Guard Accident Report.
当发现火灾或盗窃行为时，保安应及时报告或打110报警。以减少业主或公司的财产损失。并填写项
目警卫事故报告。
All visitors entering the site are required to register. The untrained people (without the chest card,
which are only for the trained person) must (1) register; (2) obtain the visit card; and (3) come in
and go out with the company of the visited.
所有进入现场的访客都必须登记, 如果是未经培训的人员(没有培训后的胸卡),必须做到 (1) 登记;
(2) 取得访问卡; 和 (3) 由所访问的人员陪同进出。
The visitors can not enter the construction site unless accompanied by the trained person. The
company shall ensure the visitor’s safety on site; any visitor entering the site with the visit card and
without a company shall be punished. When the visitor enters the site, the security guards will fill
the Registration Form for the Entrance and Exit of Temporary Chest Card. The causal laborer who
shall be engaged in the non-dangerous work on site less than one day shall have the safety
training lesson according to the Basic Requirement for Visitors and Causal Laborers’ Entrance and
sign the confirmation, and shall be done accompanied by the manager of relevant team.
访客只有在经过培训的人员的陪同下才能进入施工现场, 陪同人员应保证访客在现场的安全, 任何
持访问卡的人员在没有人员的陪同下进入现场将予以处罚。访客进入现场时，保安应填写《临时胸
卡出入现场登记表》进行登记。对在现场临时工作不超过1天的非危险性作业的临时工应按照《来访
人员及临时工的基本入场要求》进行安全交底，并签字确认并由相关队伍的管理人员陪同进行临时
28
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
性作业。
Once entering the Works, you are required to strictly comply with the rules on concierge and show
your temporary entrance and exit certificate and other relevant certificate and be allowed to enter
after the security guard approves.
进入本工程要严格遵守门卫制度，主动出示临时出入证及其他有关证件，经警卫人员同意方可入内。
Once the temporary entrance and exit certificate is lost, you are required to report to the Project
Department.
使用的临时出入证，如果发现遗失应立即汇报项目部。
After the work is completed, all temporary entrance and exit certificates shall be returned and you
are required to make compensation if your temporary entrance and exit certificate is lost or
damaged.
工作完成后，所有的临时出入证应该退还，临时出入证遗失或者损坏的则作出一定的赔偿。
The bicycles are not allowed to enter the construction site and shall be parked in the parking lot in
order.
自行车不得进入施工现场，所有自行车应按次停放在停车区域内。
The out-comers who come to contact work shall issue relevant certificate.
外来人员联系工作，应出具有关证件。
The staff can meet their relatives and friends at the concierge of the construction site.
职工探亲访友，请在工地门卫处会客。
If you leave with official or private articles, issue the certificate of carrying the articles. Once any
suspicion is found, the security guards are entitled to examine and retain the suspicious articles.
携带公、私物品出门，应出具携物证明单，发现可疑情况，警卫人员有权检查并扣留可疑物品。
The external unit who comes to visit the engineering project is required to obtain the approval of
the project team of owner’s engineering and accompanied by the personnel concerned. Without
permission, the other people can not enter.
外来单位参观工程项目，须征得业主工程项目组同意，并由有关人员陪同，其他人员未经许可不得
入内。
The changing room is set at the gate and provided with enough safety helmets for the
professionals and other personnel who are allowed to enter.
大门处设有更衣室，备有足够的安全帽供各专业人士及其允许参观现场的人士使用。
You are required to ensure the smoothness of the gate and safeguard the safety of the
passengers and their vehicles.
保证大门畅通，保障行人及车辆的安全。
29
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
Section 2.5 External Coordination
第 2.5 节
外部协调计划
Coordination with Parties Concerned
2.5.1 与项目参与方（业主，管理公司，设计院，咨询公司，监理，质监站等）
A. Overview 总述
As the general contractor of the project construction work, we will coordinate with each
participating party professionally and effectively. This is the key to successfully implement the
project activities. The objective of our coordination and interface management is to make each and
every participating party bringing in the optimal efficiency through sound communications, forming
the most efficient information management network to provide the most reliable plans for the
project.
施工单位作为工程建设的主体，与各参与方的良好的协调配合是项目成功实施的关键。我们协调配
合管理的目标是：通过良好的沟通使各参与方尽可能发挥出最佳的效率，形成一个最有效的管理网
络，为工程提供最有效的服务。
The project team will hold daily work meetings of all the relevant suppliers and subcontractors, the
working units and working teams in which they will discuss and layout solutions to the issues
during the construction. The summaries of any and all Project Meeting Minutes will be submitted to
Project Manager Office (PMO). PMO will distribute the Minutes electronically and in writing to all
relevant working departments (design, construction, procurement, etc.), and to the employer’s
respective offices and any other relevant organizations. The originals of the Meeting Minutes are
stored in the PMO for each authorized party to review and to copy if required.
项目组在每天的固
定时间召集各分包和施工班组举行内部协调会，讨论解决施工中遇到的问题，并形成会议纪要，分
发给业主相关部门（设计、施工、采购等）和其它有关单位。并且在总包办公室存放会议纪要原件，
供各方需要时查阅。
B. Coordination with Relevant Regulatory Institutions and Government Functional Departments
与相关社会机构和政府相关职能部门的协调配合
Relevant regulatory institutions and governmental functional departments are service providers
and regulatory supervisors of the construction work. It could provide support in maintaining
smooth work environment and guarantees for the construction work progress.
相关社会机构和政府相关职能部门是工程建设的服务者或监督者，能够为工程建设提供良好的运行
环境和保证。
Setting up a specialized position with a full-time personnel to take charge of the of the project
regulatory compliance.
成立专门机构，配备专职人员，负责工程的对外协调配合工作。
In accordance with relevant national codes & policies, the data required in the declaration of each
kind of approval, filing on entrustment and supervision, procedures on inspection and acceptance
during the engineering construction shall be prepared; various formalities required in the
engineering construction must be handled, which shall be timely, accurate and true.
根据国家相关政策，准备工程建设申报各类许可、委托监督备案、检测及验收手续所需的资料，办
理工程建设必须的各类手续，做到及时、准确、真实。
Participating in the meetings organized by relevant institutions and governmental departments on
solving emergency or complying with the requirements of laws and regulations
参加由相关机构，政府部门组织的，关于突发事件的解决办法或满足法规要求而召开的会议。
第 30 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
Participating in various knowledge trainings organized by relevant institutions and governmental
departments actively and improving the management level of the project continuously to do a little
bit for the building market.
积极参加由相关机构，政府部门组织的各类知识培训，不断提高工程管理水平，为整个建筑市场尽
一分力量。
C. Coordination with Exxon-Mobil Project Team (Employer)与业主的协调配合
During the project construction phases, in addition to cooperating with Employer to enhance the
project management activities, we will also be assisting them in filing of the architectural
engineering document appropriately. The construction organization must enhance the
coordination with the Employer very closely in respect to project permitting as well as project
engineering design related filing work.
在工程施工中，除积极配合业主加强工程管理外，还应协助业主搞好建筑工程备案工作。业主作为
建筑工程的最大责任人，施工单位必须更加密切加强与业主的协调配合。
Before the construction, acting in concert with the employers to make various preparations, handle
various construction procedures, implement layout of temporarily setting on the site in detail,
master unknown underground obstacles, and prepare technical scheme, etc., so as to lay
favorable foundation for the follow-up construction.
配合业主做好施工前的各项准备工作，各种报建手续的办理，现场临设布置的细化，地下不明障碍
物的掌握，及技术方案的准备等等，为后期的施工打下良好的基础。
In the process of construction, while fulfilling management responsibility of ones own carefully,
participating in the on-site coordinating meeting or discussion meeting related to design and
project issues as well as other various meetings organized by employers; making detailed
preparation before meetings to provide elaborate meeting data and solutions for the employers.
施工过程中，在认真履行自己的管理职责的同时，参与业主组织的现场协调会或关于设计、项目事
宜的讨论会及其它各类会议，会前做好细致的准备工作，为业主提供详尽的会议资料和解决方法。
Enhancing the technical improvement, carrying out investment management properly in
coordination with employers
加强技术改进工作，配合业主做好投资管理
After receiving the drawings, checking them thoroughly first, and then perfecting them aiming at
the problems on the drawings; adding what shall be supplemented, according what is inconsistent,
replacing unsuitable materials with suitable ones, suggesting to cancel the practices that may be
left out; sparing no effort to be a good adviser for employers.
在接到图纸后先全盘审图，针对图上存在的问题进行完善，该补充的补充上，矛盾的改成一致，材
料不适合的替换成适当的材料，可以省略的做法建议取消等，不遗余力的为业主做好参谋。
With respect to the technical changes and unpredictable expenditure certificates involved in
engineering construction, site confirmation shall be carried out with the representative and
supervisor of the construction organization on the site in realistic principle, and accomplishing the
certificate signing in time.
对于工程施工中涉及的技术变更和不可预见的费用签证，在实事求是的原则上，会同建设单位现场
代表和监理进行现场确认，及时作好签证工作。
D. Coordination with Design Institutes & Design Firms与设计单位的协调配合
As the designer of the project, the Institute of Design is of incisive awareness on the train of
thought, basis and intention of the design of the project; therefore, the coordination between the
institute and the design organization is an important method for completely embodying the design
第 31 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
intention, enabling the project not only to meet application requirements but to control the
expenditure as well.设计院作为该工程项目的设计者，对该项目的设计思路、设计依据、设计意图
有深刻的了解，故与设计单位的协调配合是完整体现设计意图，使工程既能满足使用要求，又在费
用上有所控制的重要手段。
Carrying out the work concerning design explanation seriously on the basis of knowing the
drawings well and carefully, and perceiving the design intention deeply.
认真熟悉图纸，深刻理会设计意图，在此基础上认真做好设计交底工作。
Accepting the instructional advices and suggestions of the design organization on engineering
construction modestly; carrying out the working method based on the drawings in the construction
strictly; changing the drawings and design intention randomly as well as constructing blindly are
not allowed, which is a scientific guarantee for favorable construction.
虚心接受设计单位对工程施工的指导意见和建议，严格执行按图施工的工作方法，不随意改动图纸，
改变设计意图，不盲目施工，这是搞好施工的科学保证。
With respect to the problems existing in the construction, consulting the design organization and
designers modestly, reporting to the Institute of Design in writing and handling technical approval
of the construction, but not influencing the design effect due to self-assertion.
遇到施工中存在的问题，虚心请教设计单位及设计人员，并以书面的形式报告设计院，办理施工技
术核定，决不自作主张，影响设计效果。
Consulting the design organization about site direction for the construction periodically or a
periodically, and organizing the construction on the basis of their suggestions carefully; combining
closely the design with the construction really, but not bringing about disconnection; making the
whole construction not surpass the design but be within its control.
定期或不定期的请教设计单位进行施工现场指导，并认真按其意见组织施工，真正使设计、施工紧
密结合起来，不造成脱节，使整个施工不超越设计，在其控制之中。
Acting in concert with the designer actively to use new techniques so as to make the high-grade
design with modernization and advanced function be really reflected in the buildings.
积极配合设计进行新技术的应用，使设计的高品位、现代化、功能先进真实反映在建筑物中。
E. Coordination with Construction Supervision Company与监理单位的协调配合
In accordance with technical standards of relevant laws and regulations, as well as by legal,
economic, administrative and technical means, the project supervisor coordinates and restricts the
acts, responsibilities, rights and benefits of participators in the engineering construction to stop
randomness and blindness, to guarantee the legality, scientific nature and economy of the
construction activities, and to enable the engineering construction to progress quickly, smoothly
and economically as well as to obtain the most economic benefits. Therefore, as the main
behavioral part of supervision and control on the construction progress and quality investment of
the project, the supervisor and the contractor of the construction form the management system for
the engineering construction jointly; as an object supervised, our company will accept the
instructional advices of the supervisor modestly and coordinate with the supervisor properly
centering on the engineering construction during the construction; specific coordination is as
follows:
工程监理依据有关法规的技术标准，以及法律、经济、行政和技术手段，对工程建设参与者的行为
和责、权、利进行协调与约束，制止随意性和盲目性，确保建设行为的合法性，科学性和经济性，
使工程建设快、好、省地进行，取得最大的经济效益。所以监理是该工程建设进度、质量投资的监
督和控制的行为主体，与施工承包单位一起共同构成了该工程项目施工的管理体系，我公司作为被
监理对象，在施工过程中将虚心接受监理的指导意见，围绕工程施工做好与监理的协调、配合，具
体配合如下：
第 32 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
Accepting the advices put forward by the supervising organization carefully and organizing the
construction under the direction of their advices.
认真接受监理单位提出的意见，并在其意见指导下组织施工。
Participating in each supervising activity organized by the supervisor actively, such as project
quality, progress inspection, analysis, technical explanation of the construction, construction
coordination, etc.; submitting the project data required and finishing the quantity of work, statistic
data and progress plan as well as scheme on the construction organization, etc. in time and
accurately.
积极参加监理组织的各项监理活动，诸如工程质量、进度检查、分析、施工技术交底、施工协调等，
及时准确的提交所需工程资料，完成工作量，统计资料及进度计划，施工组织方案等。
In line with the working procedures, handling the formalities required in the declaration and
approval during the engineering construction; the problems on progress, techniques, quality,
expenditure, etc. existing in the construction must be reported in advance; carrying out the
inspection during the construction and reporting after its completion, but not taking action first and
explaining later as well as constructing blindly.
按照工作程序进行工程施工过程中必须的报批手续，对施工存在的进度、技术、质量及费用等问题
必须事先有报告，事中有检查，事后有汇报，决不先斩后奏，盲目施工。
Applying new techniques in the project with the supervising organization, implementing the
scheme operation on the basis of the objective, and establishing standard management
procedures to make the project progress centering on the control objective of the supervisor
会同监理单位进行本工程新技术的应用，并围绕该目标进行实施方案操作，建立规范的管理程序，
使工程围绕监理控制目标进行。
积极配合监理单位进行工程验收。
Coordinate with the supervisor in the process of inspection and acceptance.
F. 与分包单位的协调配合 Coordination with Suppliers and Subcontractors
Subcontractors and utility companies are supplement and necessary resources for some of the
key construction work, the work quality of the subcontractor influences the quality of the whole
project directly; therefore, it shall be an integrated part of the project management system of the
project.
分包单位是工程建设主体的补充和完善，是工程建设的一份子，分包工作的工作质量直接影响整个
工程的履行质量，应该纳入工程管理的体系中。
Section 2.6 Inspection and Acceptance Scheme
第 2.6 节
项目验收计划
2.6.1 In-Process Acceptance 过程验收计划
Inspections during Construction施工全过程中验收
A. Technical Preparations技术准备
Before construction, the design drawings should be read earnestly, and the design intentions
should be fully understood. The project owner should organize the joint checkup of drawings with
the participation of the design institute, quality supervision station, supervising unit, general
contract unit, as well as the representatives of construction units with the specialties of fire fighting,
power supply, water supply, and so on. Irrational problems in the design drawings should be
corrected in time. Doubts in the design should be figured out. Some suggestions in favor of the
engineering construction should be put forward.
第 33 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
施工前对设计图纸认真阅读，充分熟悉和了解设计意图。由建设单位组织设计院、质监站、监理单
位、总包单位和有关消防、供电、供水等专业施工单位代表参加的图纸会审。把设计图纸中不合理
的问题及时修正，对设计有疑问的地方搞清楚。并提出一些有利于工程建设的建议。
B. Protection Measurement for pipeline inside and beside the Construction Site
施工现场及周围管线的防护措施
If there are pipelines near the construction site and the field, gas, power, water supply company,
and other units should be invited to the site to confirm the positions of underground pipelines
before construction. Isolating measures and schemes of the pipelines should be made before
construction.
施工现场及场地附近如有管线等实施，那么在施工前请燃气、电力、自来水公司等单位到现场确认
地下管线位置，作出关于管线的隔离措施及方案，方能施工。
C. Acceptance & Inspection during the Construction Phases施工过程中的验收安排
After setting out the gray line, measurement department with qualification should be invited to the
site to conduct gray line measurement and make measurement report. After the measurement
report is provided, the planning management department should be invited to the site to accept the
lofting gray line.
工程开工后放完灰线后，请具有测量资质的测量部门到现场进行灰线测量并出测量报告，待测量报
告出来后请规划管理部门至现场进行放样灰线验收。
After excavating the earthwork of the building foundation, ditch checking and acceptance should
be conducted to the foundation. The ditch checking for the foundation should be accepted and
endorsed by the project owner, exploration unit, design unit, supervision unit and construction unit.
The checking contents include the position of the foundation ditch, plane dimension, verification of
the supporting layer, absolute elevation and relative elevation of the foundation bottom, soil quality
in the foundation ditch, ground water level, and so on. Piles should be checked for projects with
pile supporting and pile foundation. If the foundation does not pass the ditch checking, the
foundation should be treated. Treatment opinions should be put forward by the exploration unit
and design unit. Foundation treatment records or design alternation notice should be filled in.
建筑物基础土方开挖完成后对于地基应进行验槽和验收，地基验槽应由建设、勘察、设计、监理、
施工单位共同验收签认。检查内容包括基坑位置、平面尺寸、持力层核查、基底绝对高程和相对标
高、基坑土质及地下水位等，有桩支护和有桩基的工程还应进行桩的检查。如地基验槽未通过，需
要进行地基处理，应由勘察、设计单位提出处理意见并填写地基处理记录或设计变更通知单。
The structural construction acceptance can be divided into two steps. The foundation structure is
the first step. This step should be accepted with the participation of the construction unit, design
unit, management unit and project owner. The Safety and Quality Supervision Station for the
construction project should supervise and accept on the site. The main structure is the second
step. This step should be accepted with the participation of the construction unit, design unit,
supervision unit and project owner. The Safety and Quality Supervision Station for the construction
project should supervise and accept on the site. The supervision and acceptance by the Safety
and Quality Supervision Station for the construction project can be divided into (1) supervision
before the start of the project; (2) supervision during the construction process; (3) completion
supervision. Before the start of the project, the Safety and Quality Supervision Station for the
construction project should organize the project owner, construction unit and supervision unit to
hold the first supervision meeting. During the first supervision meeting, the construction unit
should confirm that if the Safety and Quality Supervision Station will supervise and accept on the
construction site during the supervision process before decoration and capping.
结构施工验收分两步进行，基础结构为第一次，由施工、设计、监理、建设单位参加组织验收，建
设工程安全质量监督站至现场进行监督验收。主体结构为第二次由施工、设计、监理、建设单位参
加组织验收，建设工程安全质量监督站至现场进行监督验收。建设工程安全质量监督站至现场进行
监督验收分为：（1）.工程开工前的监督；（2）.施工过程中的监督；（3）.竣工监督。工程开工前建
第 34 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
设工程质量监督站组织建设单位、施工单位、监理单位召开首次监督会议，首次监督会议时施工单
位应确认监督站在监督过程中装修封顶前，监督站是否要至施工现场进行监督验收。
The list of data which should be prepared and provided by all units involved in the construction for
checking during the first supervision meeting held by the Safety and Quality Supervision Station
for the construction project on the site
建设工程安全质量监督站至现场进行首次监督会议参建各方需要准备、提供检查的资料清单：
Supervision contract and certificate of qualification of the company (copies);
监理合同、公司资质证书（均为复印件）；
Auditing form of supervision outline and supervision planning;
监理大纲、监理规划审核表；
Letter of appointment for principals of the project provided by all units involved in the construction;
工程建设参与各方提供的项目负责人任命书；
Certificate of qualification of the supervising personnel (original copy and copy);
监理人员资质（上岗）证书（原件及复印件）；
Quality assurance system of all units involved in the construction of this project, organization
institution, post responsibility system, quality control procedure, implementation of the
responsibility system, and other management system document in written form;
工程项目施工现场建设参与各方的质量保证体系，组织机构、岗位责任制、质量控制程序和责任制
落实等书面管理制度文件；
Supervising certificate of registration and letter of acceptance of large and medium projects
(copies);
大、中型项目的监理登记证、中标通知书（均为复印件）；
Construction organization design, supervising planning, supervising details, and contents of other
documents and examination and approval procedures;
施工组织设计、监理规划和监理细则等文件内容和审批手续；
Certificates of qualification of all units involved in the project and of all employed persons.
工程项目参见各方单位资质证书和从业人员资格证书。
2.6.2 Take-over Acceptance 竣工验收计划
A. Completion acceptance can be divided into the acceptance of the project by fire fighting,
sanitary, environmental protection, archives, and other functional departments. Within 15 working
days after passed the acceptance of engineering construction (according to the data required to be
provided in attached table 1), apply for completion acceptance of the construction project to all
functional departments.
竣工验收，分消防、卫生、环保、档案等职能部门对工程的竣工验收，工程建造完成验收通过后15
个工作日内（根据附表1所需提供的资料）向各个职能部门申报建设项目的竣工验收。
The completion acceptance procedure and data provided by all functional departments
各职能部门竣工验收程序及所要提交的资料：
a)
Completion Acceptance of Fire Fighting消防竣工验收
If applying for completion acceptance of fire fighting after the completion of the construction project,
the following things should be provided to the Fire Fighting Supervision Institution (1) the original
第 35 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
copy of “Application Form of Fire Fighting Acceptance for Construction Project in Changzhou”
(including attached tables 1 to 5); (2) copies of auditing opinion book of the Fire Fighting
Supervision Institution and “Certificate for Passing the Review of Construction Drawing Design
Document of Construction Project”; (3) “Detection Report of Building Fire Fighting Facilities in
changzhou” issued by competent department after detection of the fire fighting facilities; (4)
“Construction Records for Fire Resistant Spray on Steel Structures” provided by the steel
structural works; (5) List of fire fighting products with specified format. The public security fire
fighting institution should conduct data auditing and on site checking within 10 working days after
acceptance. The “Opinion Book for the Fire Fighting Acceptance of the Construction Project”
should be released within 7 working days after on site checking. The examination and approval
time limit is 17 working days.
建筑工程竣工后申请消防竣工验收，应向消防监督机构提交：（1）.《常州市建筑工程消防验收申报
表》原件（包含附表1-5）；（2）.消防监督机构的审核意见书和《建筑工程施工图设计文件审查通过
证书》复印件；（3）.具有专业资质部门对消防设施作检测出具的《常州市建筑消防设施检测报告》；
（4）.钢结构工程应提供“钢结构防火喷涂施工记录”；（5）.规定格式的消防产品清单。公安消防机
构在受理后10个工作日内进行资料审核和现场检查，现场检查后7个工作日内核发《建筑工程消防验
收意见书》，审批期限为17个工作日。
b)
Completion Acceptance of Sanitary卫生竣工验收
If applying for completion acceptance by Health Department, the following things should be
provided to the Health Authority (1) application form for the completion acceptance of construction
project; (2) approval document for the sanitary auditing of construction design or enlargement
design (copy); (3) “Evaluation Report for the Control Report of Occupation Disease Hazard”; (4)
completion acceptance evaluation for centralized air-conditioning and ventilation system in public
places, and detection report for air quality, microclimate, noise, illumination intensity and domestic
potable water. Evaluation report for the control effect of occupation disease hazard should be
provided for factors involved with occupational disease hazard of the project; (5) adjustment basis
and explanation should be provided for adjustment of the project during the construction process;
(6) other materials specified by laws and regulations
卫生部门申请竣工验收，应向卫生主管机构提交：（1）.建设工程项目竣工验收申请书；（2）.施工设
计或扩初设计卫生审核批件（复印件）；（3）.“职业病危害控制效果评价报告”；（4）.公共场所集中
空调通风系统竣工验收评价和空气质量、微小气候、噪声、照度、生活饮用水检测报告，项目涉及
职业病危害因素的还须提供职业病危害控制效果评价报告；（5）.建设过程中，项目作调整的，需提
供调整依据及说明；（6）.法律、法规规定的其它材料。
c)
Completion Acceptance of Environmental Protection环境保护竣工验收
If applying for completion acceptance by the Environmental Protection Department, the following
things should be provided to the responsibility organ of environmental protection (1) copy of
examination and approval opinions for environmental impact evaluation; (2) general layout of the
project, drainage drawing, and sewage collective pipe certificate.
环境保护部门申请竣工验收，应向环境保护主管机构提交：（1）环评审批意见复印件、（2）项目总
平面图、排水图、污水纳管证明。
d)
Acceptance of Archives城市建设档案管理中心建设工程档案验收
List of Requirements of filed information of the construction project after completion and
requirements of filed information (attached table 2)
竣工后施工项目归档资料清单及归档资料的要求（附表2）
e)
Completion Registration竣工备案
Completion recording, all functional departments should keep records for the project
第 36 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
according to the recording requirements of the construction project after qualified the
acceptance. (Please refer to attached table 1 for the requirements of project recording and
required data.)
各个职能部门对工程进行验收合格后根据建设工程备案要求对工程进行备案。 工程备案的要求及所
需资料见附表1）
B. Based on the Quality Management Rules for Construction Project and Temporary Regulation
for Completion Acceptance of Building Construction of decree No. 142, 2000, issued by the
Department of Construction, and combined with the actual conditions in Changzhou, the ‘basic
procedure and contents for completion acceptance of construction engineering’ is prepared.
根据国务院《建设工程质量管理条例》及建设部建建（2000）142号文《房屋建筑工程和市政基础
设施工程竣工验收暂行规定》的要求，结合常州地区的实际情况，特制定“建设工程竣工验收基本程
序和内容”。
a) Organization of Completion Acceptance竣工验收的组织
由建设单位负责组织实施建设工程竣工验收工作，质量监督机构对工程竣工验收实施监督。
The project owner shall be responsible for the organization of completion acceptance, which will
be supervised by the quality supervision institute.
b)
竣工验收人员Personnel for Completion Acceptance
The project owner shall be responsible for the organization of the completion acceptance team.
The leader of the acceptance team is the legal representative or the designated agent of the
project owner. The vice leader of the acceptance team shall be composed of at least one technical
engineer. The members of the acceptance team shall consist of the principal of superior
competent department of the project owner, principals of the project owner, site managers of the
project owner, personnel of the exploration, design, construction and supervision parties, as well
as the technical principals and quality principals not involved in the project. The project owner can
invite related experts as the members of the acceptance team. The personnel in the acceptance
team shall be complete with civil, water and electricity installation disciplines.
由建设单位负责组织竣工验收小组。验收组组长由建设单位法人代表或其委托的负责人担任。验收
组副组长应至少有一名工程技术人员担任。验收组成员由建设单位上级主管部门、建设单位项目负
责人、建设单位项目现场管理人员及勘察、设计、施工、监理单位与项目无直接关系的技术负责人
或质量负责人组成，建设单位也可邀请有关专家参加验收小组。验收小组组成员中土建及水电安装
专业人员应配备齐全。
c) Completion Acceptance Standard竣工验收标准
The completion acceptance standards include the compulsive standard, the evaluation standard
for site quality, the construction acceptance regulation, the approved design documents and
related laws, regulations, rules and normative documents at the national and municipal level in
Changzhou.
竣工验收标准为国家及常州市的强制性标准，现场质量检验评定标准、施工验收规范、经审查通过
的设计文件及有关法律、法规、规章和规范性文件规定。
d)
Procedure and Contents for Completion Acceptance竣工验收程序及内容
The leader of completion team will hold the completion acceptance.
由竣工验收小组组长主持竣工验收。
The project owner, construction, supervisory, design and exploration units shall respectively report
the quality conditions, contract performance and conformability in national regulations, laws and
engineering construction compulsive standards in written form.
建设、施工、监理、设计、勘察单位分别书面汇报工程项目建设质量状况、合同履约及执行国家法
律、法规和工程建设强制性标准情况。
The acceptance includes three sections.
第 37 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
验收组分为三部分分别进行检查验收。
Inspection for actual engineering quality;
检查工程实体质量。
Examination for as-built documents submitted by all parties involved in the project;
检查工程建设参与各方提供的竣工资料。
Random inspection and test for functions of building construction, e.g. water test for toilet and
balcony, water-filling test for bathtub, pond and pool, water-flowing test and electrifying test,
through-ball test for vertical drainage pipe and test for insulated resistance, ground resistance and
leakage trip, etc.
对建筑工程的施工功能进行抽查、试验。例厕所、阳台泼水试验，浴缸、水盘、水池盛水试验，通
水、通电试验，排污立管通球试验及绝缘电阻、接地电阻、漏电跳闸测试等。
A discussion on completion acceptance will be held to receive suggestions on engineering quality
supervision from the quality supervisory institute.
对竣工验收情况进行汇总讨论，并听取质量监督机构对该工程质量监督情况。
Completion acceptance opinions will be formed. The Completion Acceptance Registration Sheet
for Construction Project and the Completion Acceptance Report for Construction Project will be
filled out, with signatures and seals of the team members and their units.
形成竣工验收意见，填写《建设工程竣工验收备案表》和《建设工程竣工验收报告》，验收小组人员
分别签字、建设单位盖章。
If any serious problem found in acceptance does not meet the acceptance standards, the
acceptance team should oblige the responsible unit to correct it and claim the acceptance invalid.
The completion acceptance will be organized again at a specified time.
当在验收过程中发现严重问题，达不到竣工验收标准时，验收小组应责成责任单位立即整改，并宣
布本次验收无效，重新确定时间组织竣工验收。
The acceptance team will give their preliminary acceptance suggestions on the quality problem
found in the process of completion acceptance, and fill out related forms with signatures of the
personnel involved and without seals of the project owner. The acceptance team shall oblige the
related units to correct the problem and the project principal will be responsible for the
re-inspection. After the correction is completed, the project owner will stamp on the related forms.
当在竣工验收中发现一般整改质量问题，验收小组可形成初步验收意见，填写有关表格，有关人员
签字，单建设单位不加盖公章。验收小组责成有关责任单位整改，可委托建设单位项目负责人组织
复查，整改完毕符合要求后，加盖建设单位公章。
When the parties in the acceptance team cannot reach a consensus, they can propose the
solution through negotiation. The completion acceptance will be re-organized after they have
common opinions. If they cannot reach a consensus after negotiation, they can appeal to the local
administrative department or construction quality supervisory institute for coordination.
当竣工验收小组各方不能形成一致竣工验收意见时，应当协商提出解决办法，待意见一致后，重新
组织工程竣工验收。当协商提出解决办法，待意见一致后，重新组织工程竣工验收。当协商不成时，
应报建设行政主管部门或质量监督机构进行协调裁决。
e) Acceptance Registration竣工验收备案
In 15 days after the completion acceptance is completed, the project owner shall be responsible
for the registration of completion acceptance in the registration department.
建设工程竣工验收完毕后，由建设单位负责，在15天范围内向备案部门办理竣工验收备案。
f)
Handover移交
第 38 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
The construction and supervisory units shall submit the engineering documents to the project
owner through formal handover according to the time and numbers agreed in the contract or
agreement.
施工、监理等有关单位应将工程资料按合同或协议约定的时间、套数移交给建设单位，办理移交手
续。
The general contractor shall collect and submit all engineering archives, which are in the
administrative scope of the urban construction archives, to the urban construction archives
through formal handover within 6 months after the completion acceptance
凡列入城建档案馆接收范围的工程档案，竣工验收通过后6个月内，由总包单位将汇总后的全部工程
档案移交城建档案馆并办理移交手续。
第 39 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
Section2.7 After-Project Service
第 2.7 节
售后服务计划
2.7.1 Our Commitment我们承诺
To provide the clients with operation and maintenance training;
对用户提供使用操作和维修的培训；
To dispatch technicians to the site for proceeding installation and commissioning;
派技术人员到现场进行安装和试车指导;
To assist clients to proceed with trouble shooting, responsible for repairing if necessary
协助用户进行故障处理,必要时负责修复；
To guarantee services within the production warranty period
在产品保质期内的服务;
To respect other provisions in regard of warranty and maintenance specified in the Contract.
其他合同中规定的维修条款;
During the warranty period, the response time shall be 24 hours in the local area；Our technical
staffs shall be available within 3 hours for emergency handling.
在保修期内，本市一般保证响应时间为24小时；紧急事件，确保在3小时内到达处理;
2.7.2 Contact List联系人名单
Please contact the persons in the following list for maintenance service
关于维修和应急抢修事宜，公司将有专人负责售后服务：
第 40 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
Volume 3 Method Statement
Section 3.1 Measurement method
第三卷
施工方案
第 3.1 节
测量方案
3.1.1 Difficulty of Measure Work 测量工作的难点
Natural impact: vulnerable to sunlight, wind, swing and other adverse factors.
Using absolute elevation: elevation lead measurements must use the absolute elevation design
requirements. To consider the settlement of the building, is bound to increase workload. Followed
by the previously set the elevation line (point) changes varies, should always check and
correction.
自然影响：易受日照、风力、摇摆等不利因素的影响。
使用绝对标高的影响：按设计规定，标高引测必须使用绝对标高。要考虑建筑物的沉降量，势必增
加许多工作量。其次是先前设置的标高线（点）变化亦不尽相同，要经常检查和修正。
3.1.2 Control of Measure Work 平面控制测量控制
The selection of measuring instruments: measuring instruments used in this project should be
accredited, and in the measurement of identification within the validity period. In the course of the
commonly used indicators of the instrument should be inspected regularly, once the deviation
exceeds the permissible range, should be promptly corrected, in order to ensure measurement
accuracy.
测量仪器的选用：本工程所用测量仪器均应鉴定合格，并在计量鉴定使用有效期内。在使用过程中，
应经常检查仪器的常用指标，一旦偏差超过允许范围，应及时校正，以保证测量精度。
The construction joint measurement coordinate method and polar method to control the
construction process is divided into:
本工程施工中，采用坐标法和极坐标法相结合的联合测量法来控制，施工过程分为：
(1) The handover of the base control points基准控制点的交接
We will request to submit the construction unit to the supervising engineer to the transfer of the
baseline control points to prevent the occurrence of errors.
The envelope of all the control points, and set the obvious warning signs.
提请建设单位、监理工程师共同进行基准控制点的交接，以防发生差错。
对所有控制点进行围护，并设置明显的警示标志。
The layout of the control points as shown：控制点的埋设如图示
(2) The presence of regional domain to establish site control network, a computer simulation loft
第 41 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
released off-site control point which determine the principal axis coordinate lines, the control point
location at the same time meet the temporary road layout and earthwork construction as far as
possible undisturbed. Horizontal Control Network as shown below:
10m to set up 10 permanent control points to leave the axis of the cross point of the four corners of
the composition of the control network.
在场地区域内建立场地控制网，以电脑模拟放样放出场外控制点，来确定主轴坐标线，控制点定位
时同时满足临时道路布置及土方施工时尽量不受干扰。首级平面控制网如下图所示：
在离开轴线交叉的四个角点外均10m处设置10
个永久控制点，组成控制网。
3.1.3 Height Transmission 高程传递
Using the instruments: NA2 + GPM3 or
precision digital levels DNA03, 1.8m
indium-watt level ruler calibrated ruler.
Link or mesh standard of circuit layout, which is
leveling the technical requirements and
tolerance "project measurement specification
(GB50026-93) in the second standard of
execution, but the biggest line of sight control
in less than 25m. The number of observations
are between the two, elevation calculation to
0.1 mm.
Pretest vertical cast to deal with the plate
reference point to control the network to check
to check accuracy should not be less than the
precision of the horizontal control network of buildings.
The baseline level of the construction site should be arranged in the less affected and is not easy
to destruction by the construction site, you can use the reference point of the horizontal control
network as the standard of baseline control points.
To consider seasonal changes and environmental impacts, the baseline level of points on a
regular basis for the retest.
使用仪器：NA2+GPM3或精密数字水准仪DNA03、1.8m铟瓦水准尺、已标定钢尺。
水准线路布置成环线或网状，水准测量的技术要求及有关限差按《工程测量规范》(GB50026-93)中
二等水准执行，但最大视距控制在25m以内。观测次数往返各两次，高程计算至0.1㎜。
竖向投测前，应对钢板基准点控制网进行校核，校核精度不宜低于建筑物平面控制网的精度。
施工现场基准水准点应布置在受施工现场影响较小并且不容易遭破坏的地方，可利用平面控制网基
准点作为水准基准控制点。
考虑季节的变化和环境的影响，应定期对基准水准点进行复测。
3.1.4 Steel Structure Installation钢结构安装
(1) Anchor bolts embedded measurement.预埋地脚螺栓测量
This project use bolts on steel column foot and column anchor bolt plane relative location and
elevation is accurate or not, part of the steel mounting accuracy can reach acceptance
specifications, has a crucial role. Control points according to the encryption, we strive to improve
the loft precision, using the precise amount of distance and the angle measurements back to
release the feet of vertical and horizontal lines in each column, and total station point retest. Error
control within the scope of the acceptance specification allows.
由于本工程钢柱柱脚采用螺栓，而柱脚螺栓平面相对位置及标高准确与否，对该部分钢结构安装精
度是否能达到验收规范要求，有至关重要的作用。根据加密控制点，我们力求提高放样精度，采用
精密量距和经纬仪测角二测回，放出每个柱脚的纵横线，并用全站仪进行点位复测。将误差控制在
验收规范允许的范围之内。
(2) The measurement of Steel beams, beam, steel frame lifting钢梁、吊车梁、钢架吊装测量
第 42 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
(3) 构件测量监测Component measuring monitoring
To consider the reasons of this project is in a special geographical location and other
characteristics, as well as concrete construction in winter due to the characteristics of steel
structures, the project component in the site construction process measurement monitoring is an
important means of control of the quality of the installation.
由于钢结构的自身特性，考虑本工程所处的特殊地理位置等特点，以及混凝土冬季施工等原因，本
工程对构件在现场施工过程中的测量监测是控制安装质量的重要保障手段。
第 43 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
3.1.5 Fall Observation沉降观测
When we buried settlement observation points, it should follow the requirement for observation in
the main construction in accordance with the requirements of the drawings.
Settlement observation points in this project buried in the steel columns on, buried way in
accordance with the requirements of owners laying the foundation platform or foundation beams
should set up a temporary settlement observation point, the steel columns cited measured after
completion of construction on steel columns.
Observational requirements before and after the line of sight is not greater than 2m-the-horizon
cumulative difference of not more than 3m, line of sight maximum length does not exceed 40m.
Settlement observation second measurement standards, the settlement observation in basic
construction as the first observation, second observation of construction to ± 0.00; on plant
structure, before installation of the crane and put into operation before and after the observation
time. Within one year after the steel structure capped every two months observation time, after
every April the observation time to settlement stability, and shall promptly provide the test data, in
case of abnormal provider consultation and design units in a timely manner.
在主体施工时按照图纸要求埋设沉降观测点，并按要求进行观测。
本工程中沉降观测点埋设于钢柱上，埋设方式依据业主要求进行埋设，并在基础承台或基础梁上应
设置临时沉降观测点，钢柱施工完毕后引测至钢柱上。
观测要求前后视距差不大于2m，视距累计差不大于3m，视距最大长度不超过40m。沉降观测按二
等水准测量，沉降观测应在基础施工后作为第一次观测，施工到±0.00后第二次观测；对厂房结构，
应在吊车安装前及投产前、后各观测一次。钢结构封顶后一年内每隔两个月观测一次，以后每隔四
月观测一次，至沉降稳定，并应及时提供测试数据，如遇异常情况及时与设计单位联系商磋。
3.1.6 Foundation Plan Observation基础平面测量
According to the building basic floor plan and large samples and the axis positioning, it will confirm
the connecting the corresponding axis and set the excavation edge position.
Water level to the corresponding elevation of lead measured the level of pile or on the axis of the
pile, and the draw elevation mark.
The foundation excavation is completed, the base bottom of the pit excavation width horizontal
elevation of the review is correct, and the axis and the elevation of lead moved to pit set in the pit
axis, base edge and elevation mark, release the basis of the cushion surface plane size.
Upon completion of the Basic templates, check templates installed geometry, in accordance with
the requirements of design drawings and release the basis of surface elevation line around the
template
根据建筑物基础平面图及大样图，按轴线定位，连接相应的轴线，定出开挖边线位置。
用水准仪把相应的标高引测到水平桩或轴线桩上，并画标高标记。
基础开挖完成后，基础坑底开挖宽度应经水平标高复核无误后，并把轴线和标高引移到基坑，在基
坑中设置轴线，基础边线及高程标记，在垫层面上放出基础平面尺寸。
基础模板完成后，按照设计图纸要求校核模板安装的几何尺寸，在模板周边放出基础面的标高线
第 44 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
Section 3.2 Earthwork method
第3.2节 土建方案
3.2.1 Site Situation 现场情况
Item项目
The elevation of Cap
cushion（M）
承台垫层底标高
The excavation
method
开挖方式
Description概况
-2.00m
The earthwork excavation will arrive at -1.55m, the cap which is
from -2.00m to -1.55m and the continuous beams will take lope
excavation
土方大开挖至-1.55m，-2.00~-1.55米段承台及连梁采用放坡开挖
3.2.2 Work Arrangement 施工部署
The project basis earthwork excavation two the 1.5M3 digging machine.
本工程基础土方开挖采用2台1.5M3挖机。
3.2.3 Earthwork Preparation 开挖前准备
Before the excavation of the pit, the "start of the project report is submitted to the construction unit
and supervising engineer, the ground-breaking report" approval of the pending report before
earthwork excavation.
基坑开挖前，给建设单位及监理工程师递交“工程开工报告、动土报告”，待报告批准后方可土方
开挖。
The measurement positioning
recordwill submitted by the project
technical department to the
construction unit and the supervising
engineer for the acceptance.
由项目技术部将“测量定位记录”递交
建设单位及监理工程师待组织验收通
过。
Construction program will be submitted
by the project technical department
and get the project engineer approval.
由项目技术部提交施工方案，并得到项
目工程师批准。
Figure put away the gray line in
accordance with the basis of the
excavation program, as the foundation
excavation after construction
technology to put away the correct
basis.
按照基础开挖方案图放好灰线，经施工
技术人员放好无误后，作为基础开挖依据。
Earthwork excavation in advance of the test pile, high pile to take certain protective measures.
土方开挖前，应预先对试桩、高桩采取一定的保护措施。
3.2.4 Excavation Method 开挖方式
第 45 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
According to the engineering characteristics of the project will use mechanical excavation with
artificial clear bottom.
Pit Big Dig two sets of 1.5m3 crawler backhoe excavation, dug more than soil dump truck
delivered to owners in the designated locations.
Pile cap and ground beam construction follow-up of continuous excavation. .
3.2.5 Soil Excavation 土方开挖
Pile cap and ground beam
excavation to take the grading,
excavation pit surround 1:1
土方预留一定高度
在高桩部位插上不同颜色的
旗子表示实际桩的不同标高。
slope excavation along the
earth excavation edge, manual
反铲绕道行走
高于设计标高的静压桩
人工卸土区域
实际桩顶标高
cleaning to the design
elevation.
人工卸土区域
PHC先张法预应力管桩
根据工程特点，本工程将采用机
械开挖，人工配合清底。
A
设计桩顶标高
基坑大开挖采用2台1.5m3履带
式反铲挖掘机开挖，挖出余土采
用自卸汽车运至业主指定地点。
反铲绕道行走
土方开挖高桩处理图
A-A剖面
承台及地梁后续连续开挖的方
式进行施工。
承台及地梁开挖采取放坡开挖，基坑四周按1：1放坡，沿土方开挖边线开挖，采用人工清理至设计
标高。
In order to prevent mechanical excavator damage to the shaft, dug away from the pile 250 ~
300mm or so, stop mechanical excavation, artificial clear soil have continued to clear the pile
around the I soil to ensure that the shaft intact. Excavators, should ensure that the pile symmetric
excavation around, each excavation depth is not greater than 500mm, to effectively prevent the
pile due to lateral pressure of soil tilt, displacement, broken phenomenon.
为防止机械挖土破坏桩身，挖至距桩身250~300mm左右时，停止机械开挖，采用人工清土得方式继
续清理桩身周围余土，以保证桩身完好无损。挖土时，应保证桩身四周对称开挖，每层开挖深度不
大于500mm，以切实防止桩身因土的侧向压力而产生倾斜、位移、折断等现象发生。
为防止超挖而破坏原状土基土，在开挖过程中，要及时复核土面标高是否符合要求，以免出现欠挖、
超挖等现象，开挖后，根据地下水位情况，并预留200mm厚土方，由人工清除面层浮土至设计标高，
验槽后及时进行垫层施工。
soil in the excavation process to review compliance with the requirements in order to avoid the
phenomenon of headrace tunnel over-break, excavation, according to the groundwater level
situation, and set aside to 200mm thick earth, in a timely manner after the manual removal of the
surface layer of topsoil to the design elevation, experience trough the cushion construction.
Earth excavation, pile sub-units to do the pile, the pile number, pile test number of the transition.
第 46 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
Soil surface elevation in order to prevent over-excavation and destroy the original soil foundation
土方开挖前，应与桩基分包单位做好桩位、桩编号、试桩编号等的交接工作。
3.2.6 Piling Re-check 桩基复核及桩顶处理
(1) Pile verification桩基核验
The axis of the bomb line on the base cushion is complete, timely measure pile deviations
measured based on the level point elevation of the pile top elevation, all measurements after the
draw pile-built drawings based on the measured data, the data archive. Such as pile deviation
overrun, it is timely to identify the reasons and make a record submitted to the design staff to
handle. Will draw a good pile-built drawings submitted to the recognition of the design units, visa,
pile foundation must be approved by the quality supervision department verification of qualified
before they are allowed under the process of construction.
基础垫层上轴线弹线完成后，及时测出桩位偏差情况，同时依据水准点标高测出各桩顶标高，全部
测量完毕后依据实测数据绘制桩位竣工图，资料归档。如桩位偏差超限，应及时查明原因并做好记
录，提交设计人员处理。将绘制好的桩位竣工图提交设计单位认可、签证，桩基工程必须经质量监
督部门核验合格后，方可进行下道工序的施工。
(2) Selection of cutting pile construction equipment截桩施工设备选择
The prefabricated pipe will be cut by the cutting machine and the artificial dressing.
预制管桩采用切割机加人工修整。
(3) Top of the pile processing
桩顶处理
Pile top elevation higher than the design elevation 3cm and the test pile, using the cutting machine
to the higher parts of the removal of cut-off of the pile to be a small pile strain, pass the detection of
high-speed strain and then start.
Pile top elevation bias in the design and specification to allow the deviation within the scope of this
part of the pile, the pile top is not treated.
Pile top elevation below the design elevation 5cm above the pile of earth around deepened to the
top of the pile down 10cm, in order to meet the design requirements and pile cushion thickness
anchoring.
Pipe pile top handle would then be based on the design drawings reference atlas pipe pile
reinforcement, welded or grouted concrete pouring. Piles within the steel banding tube of water
and soil clean-up should be clean to ensure that the pipe pile concrete grouted length to meet the
design requirements of the length. Pile pile head treatment in accordance with the requirements of
carved excess concrete, and asked to stay out of the anchor bars in accordance with the drawings
and specifications.
对于桩顶标高高于设计标高3cm及试桩，采用切割机将高出部位进行切除，截桩施工待桩基小应变、
高速应变检测合格后再开始进行。
桩顶标高偏差在设计及规范允许偏差范围内的此部分桩，桩顶不做处理。
对于桩顶标高低于设计标高5cm以上的，将桩周围的土方相应挖深至桩顶向下10cm，以便于垫层厚
度满足设计要求及桩的锚固。
第 47 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
管桩桩顶处理完毕后再依据设计图纸要求参照的图集进行管桩的配筋、焊接或灌芯砼浇筑。管桩内
钢筋绑扎前应将管内水及土清理干净，保证管桩内砼灌芯长度达到设计要求长度。
灌注桩桩头处理按照要求凿出多余混凝土，并按照图纸与规范要求留出锚固钢筋。
3.2.7 Soil Backfill 基坑土方回填
Earthwork backfill underground independent contractors and ground beam construction is
completed and has to run a covert acceptance procedures, and structure to achieve the required
strength and basal filling has been completed or handle, and go through the inspection slots visas
in accordance with the design requirements.
Backfill material shall conform to the design and construction specification requirements. Backfill
shall Foundation brickbat, templates, and organic debris is cleared.
Backfill in accordance with the provisions of layered and dense compacted layer thickness of
20cm ~~ 30cm sampling to determine the dry density after compaction should be 90% or more
meet the design requirements, allowing the deviation of not greater than 0.08g/cm3, and should
dispersed, not concentrated. Strict control of backfill thickness is strictly prohibited car dumping
directly into the slot.
The backfill put in the pit without water from low to high stratification. Backfilling when pit four
weeks should also backfill, the backfill thickness of each side is roughly the same, is strictly
prohibited once backfill to the base top surface.
The rainy shall backfill construction of earthworks. Must be the construction, sections be
completed as soon as possible, and should adopt the gravel soil and sand, stone chips and other
fillers, the site should be rain and drainage measures to prevent surface water inflow within the pit.
Earthwork backfill partially beams poured with the site to protect the specific practices of both
sides of the masonry brick tire mold after pouring with the upper part of the template will be closed
to prevent debris from entering.
土方回填前，地下独立承台及地梁已施工完毕，并已办好隐蔽验收手续，并且结构已达到规定的强
度，填土基底已经按照设计要求完成或处理好，并办理验槽签证工作。
回填土料应符合设计及施工规范规定、要求。回填前，须将基坑内碎砖、模板及有机杂物清除干净。
回填土应按照规定分层并夯压密实，分层厚度为20cm～30cm，取样确定压实后的干密度，应有90％
以上符合设计要求，允许偏差不得大于0.08g/cm3，并且应分散，不得集中。严格控制回填厚度，严
禁汽车直接卸土入槽。
回填时基坑内不得有积水，并由低向高分层进行。回填时基坑四周应同时回填，每边回填厚度大致
相同，严禁一次回填到基础顶面。
雨天不得进行土方的回填施工。如必须施工时，应分段尽快完成，并且宜采用碎石类土和砂土、石
屑等填料，现场应有防雨和排水措施，防止地面水流入基坑内。
土方回填前对于部分地梁有后浇带的部位进行保护，具体做法为在后浇带两侧砌筑砖胎模，上部采
用模板进行封闭，以防杂物入内。
Section 3.3 Formwork method
第 3.3 节 模板安装方案
3.3.1 guideline 概述
Template construction of this project using 16 thick composite plywood, concrete in the following
table:：
本工程模板施工主要采用16厚复合 合板，具体如下表所示
第 48 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
基础垫层The basis of
cushion
采用木方Use of wooden
poles
钢管桩Steel pipe pile
3.3.2 Foundation Formwork 基础模板
This project is an independent foundation, the basis of ground beam connected.
Basic templates are made of plywood template support member used in the steel fastener support.
The independent foundation will with steel pipe hoop reinforcement.
Install the template on a good bomb centerline and the basis of the underside of the outside line
cushion.
To check the axis of the template size, surface roughness, verticality and joints meet the
requirements for reinforcement. Templates installed, you should check again fasteners, solid
support and the rigor of the gap.
Before the final setting of the concrete by measuring the work once again review the cup template
elevation axis position, if the offset should be corrected in a timely manner.
The process of pouring concrete, to send someone to look at mold found the template elevation,
location inappropriate to timely repair.
Form removal shall not damage the concrete surface and edges.
本工程为独立基础，基础之间采用地梁相连。
基础模板均采用 合板模板，支撑构件采用钢管、扣件支撑。其中独立基础采用钢管箍进行加固。
在弹好的中心线及基础底面外边线的垫层上安装模板。
检查模板的轴线尺寸、表面平整、垂直度及接缝，满足要求后进行加固。模板安装完毕，应检查一
遍扣件、支撑的牢固性及缝隙的严密性。
在砼终凝前，由测量工再次复核杯口模板标高、轴线位置等，如有偏移，应及时予以纠正。
浇筑砼过程中，要派专人看模，发现模板标高、位置有不合适，要及时修整。
拆模时，不得损坏砼表面和棱角。
3.3.3 Bolt Installation 地脚螺栓安装
The laying of the anchor bolt direct burial method that is the foundation slab steel banding at the
same time, the steel template of the bolt group is relatively fixed and firmly connected to the
reinforcement cage of the column basis, the overall pouring concrete, once fixed. The positioning
of the steel column anchor bolts is directly related to the smooth installation of the future pillars,
the positioning accuracy directly affects the quality of the construction of the whole project, to do
good measurements of the scene.
地脚螺栓的埋设采用直埋法，即在基础底板绑扎钢筋的同时，将地脚螺栓群用钢模板做相对固定，
并与柱基础钢筋笼牢固连接，整体浇筑混凝土，一次固定。钢柱地脚螺栓的定位，直接关系到今后
的梁柱能否顺利的安装，其定位精度直接影响到整个工程的施工质量，因此要切实做好现场的测量
工作。
(1) Into the bolt group at the same time in lashing the basis of reinforcement;
在绑扎基础钢筋的同时放入地脚螺栓群；
第 49 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
(2) Erection of the theodolite and the water level, adjust the position of the axis of the template, to
ensure that the template cross the baseline axis coincide, and adjust the elevation and levelness,
the correct fixed;
架设经纬仪及水准仪，调整模板的轴线位置，保证模板十字基准线与轴线相重合，并调整标高及水
平度，无误后进行固定；
(3) Retest the bolt size and axis of elevation, is correct. Exposed threaded portion and timely sack
cloth or canvas will bind tightly tied to prevent contamination in the process of pouring concrete
thread or bumps wire port, and then ready to pour concrete.
复测螺栓尺寸及轴线、标高，无误。并及时用麻袋布或粗帆布将外露螺纹部分裹紧扎好，防止在浇
注混凝土过程中沾污螺纹或碰伤丝口，然后准备浇混凝土。
Section 3.4 Reinforced Steel Works of Superstructure
第 3.4 节 钢筋工程
3.4.1 Procurement & Inspection of Rebar 钢筋原材料的采购、验收管理
①The rebar is one of the main building materials, which should be inspected in compliance with
relating corporate procedures;
钢筋是用于工程的主要材料。钢筋采购验收按公司的有关程序严格把关。
②Select several suppliers of competent pricing, quality and repute as candidate in the process
of procurement;
材料科在钢筋采购过程中，选择几家价格、质量、信誉好的物资分供商作为候选单位
③Collect the information about the candidate suppliers, investigate the license, capacity and
quality of the selected vendors or suppliers, make assessment, then sign an agreement with a
vendor, who shall provide rebar for the whole project.
并收集候选单位的有关资料，了解物资分供商的资质、生产能力、产品质量情况。在几家分供商
候选单位之中，通过对其服务信誉、产品质量进行认真评价，选择一家好的分供商与之鉴订供
货合同，作为钢筋原材料的供货单位。
④The QC and material clerks shall see to the inspection of the delivery and fill in the form of
“Delivery Inspection Record”; the inspection shall comprise of quality document and visual
inspection, the quality document mainly refers to warranty and quality certificate, the visual
inspection refers to the inspection of type, specs, appearance and quality.
钢筋原材料进场验收由项目部质量员及材料员负责，并填写“采购物资验收记录”表。验收时分质
保资料验收和外观验收。质保资料验收主要验收钢筋的质保书或合格证，外观验收主要验收钢
筋的品种、规格、外观、质量是否符合要求。
⑤Test pieces shall be selected and submitted for double test, the batch cannot be used on the
site until its proved acceptable, if not acceptable, then the vendor shall be informed for
drawback.
第 50 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
对进场钢筋按规定见证取样、送样、复试，合格后方可用于工程上。如不合格须及时通知分供商
进行处理。
⑥The hook and built-in part of fitting which will take the load shall not be cold fabricated.
吊钩及受力预埋件的锚筋严禁使用冷加工钢筋。
3.4.2 Steel Material Stack、Prohibit and Sign 钢筋原材料的现场堆放、保护及标识
①The rebars shall be delivered to the site batch by batch with the progress; the rebar shall be
kept clean and free of oil stained or polluted by buds or other impurities.
钢筋原材料随工程进度分期分批进场。钢筋在堆放过程中，要保持钢筋表面洁净，防止有油渍、
泥土或其它杂物污染。
②The rebar shall be kept by types, and labeled with tags of name, specs, quantity, origin, and
transportation date and test status.
钢筋进场必须分规格堆放并进行标识，注明名称、规格、数量、产地、进货日期及复试状态等。
400
钢筋原材标识牌
400
成品钢筋标识牌
进场时间： 年
钢筋规格：
月
长度：
日
规
简
格：
图：
产
地：
使用部位：
受检状态：
受检状态：
第 51 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
The unique tags as follows:：钢筋标识牌统一采用如下形式
The tags shall be marked by 4 colors：标识牌分四种颜色
Red indicates “off-grade”
红色
表示不合格（作废或待处理）
Green indicates “up-to-grade”
绿色
表示合格（已经检验可以使用）
Yellow indicates tested and waiting for report
黄色
表示已经检验，待决定。
White indicates “yet to test”
白色
表示未检或待检
3.4.3Preparation 准备工作
①The rebar delivered to site must have quality certificate and test pieces shall be sent for
inspection in time, the batch cannot be used until it is tested acceptable.
钢筋进场后首先应有质保书并及时送验，复试合格后方可配料。
②The workers must be familiar with construction drawings prior to rebar fixing, check the
component list and tags
.钢筋绑扎前先熟悉施工图，核对钢筋配料表和配料牌。
③Double check the sort, diameter, shape, size and quantity, add or replace in case of any
errors or omissions.
核对成品钢筋的钢种、直径、形状、尺寸和数量，如有错漏，应及时纠正增补。
④The upper structure shall use plastic cushion with a spacing of 1m; the spacing shall change
to 0.5 -0.7m at the top of walls or columns to prevent displacement.
上部结构采用塑料局部砂浆垫块，垫块间距 1M，柱、墙上端加密至 0.5-0.7 米以防浇筑时钢筋
移位。
3.4.4 Laying-off & Manufacturing 钢筋配料及制作
①Special persons shall be assigned for the laying-off of rebar; the laying-off shall be done
according to the list, which shall be double checked by technical staffs.
项目部必须设置专职钢筋翻样员，钢筋配料应根据翻样料单进行。翻样料单须经技术员复核。
②Key points in laying-off:钢筋翻样的几个控制要点
■Be familiar with the construction drawings; make clear of the binding sequence;
熟悉施工图纸 ，确定各分项工程的绑扎顺序。
■Comply with the regulations regarding reinforcement works and the specification in
drawings, the calculation of laying-off shall take into account of the requirements regarding
the concrete protective layer, rebar bending, hook, anchor, intersection and asesimatic
第 52 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
structure.
严格遵守钢筋工程规范及图纸有关构造要求，钢筋翻样的计算应考虑到砼保护层、钢筋弯曲、
弯钩、锚固、搭接及有关抗震构造要求。
■Work out the details of laying-off for some key points; set the layout of alignment,
connection and length of rebar and meantime respect the codes.
重要节点应绘制钢筋翻样图。对钢筋的排列、接头设置、钢筋长度进行详细布置，同时必须满
足规范要求。
■Only until the amendment of drawings and technical ratification shall be approved by DI
could the laying-off be proceeded with.
图纸修改和技术核定经设计同意后方可翻样、配料。
■Technical clarification must be made to the construction team prior to manufacturing and
binding and the quality shall be supervised for the whole process.
钢筋制作及绑扎前，必须向班组进行详细交底，并进行全过程质量监督控制。
③Anti-rust Treatment 钢筋除锈
The surface of rebar shall be kept clean, the oil stain, paint taint and rust shall be cleared off;
the rust shall also be cleaned at where the soldering shall be done.
钢筋的表面应洁净，油渍、漆污、铁锈等应在使用前清除干净。如焊接，焊点处的水锈也应清
除干净。
④The rebar shall be straightened or bended to its shape; the winding rebar shall not be
straightened with pre-heating method.
钢筋调直、弯曲成型对于弯曲不直的钢筋必须调直且不得用预热法校正。
⑤Regulations regarding hooks:弯钩弯折的有关规定
■When the end of grade No.1 rebar needs a hook of 180o , the bending radius shall not be
less than 2.5 times as the rebar diameter, the straight part shall have a length of 3 times as
the rebar diameter.
Ⅰ级钢筋未端需作 180o 弯钩，其弯曲直径不应小于钢筋直径的 2.5 倍，平直部位的长度不宜
小于钢筋直径的 3 倍。
■When the end of grade No.2 rebar needs to be bended to 90o or 135o , the bending radius
shall not be less than 4 times as the rebar diameter.
Ⅱ级钢筋未端需作 90o 或 135o 弯折时，Ⅱ级钢筋的弯曲直径不应小于钢筋直径的 4 倍。
135
°
弯起长度
135° 弯 钩
第 53 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
■The bent angle of rebar shall comply with relating codes; molds shall be used for the
fabrication of large batch of shake-proof brackets.
钢筋弯曲角度必须符合规定，对大批量同规格的抗震箍，应使用专用模具。
■The bending machines shall be stayed in a good condition, the operator shall be
experienced and familiar with the mechanical performance; manual operation is
recommended for some miscellaneous parts that are difficult for mechanical bending.钢筋
弯曲成型的机具设备应经常保养维修，使其保持良好的工作性能。机具操作人员必须富有操
作经验，熟悉机具性能。对于一些机械难以弯曲的零星构件宜用手工弯曲工具成型。
■The finished components of rebar shall be marked by tags, with specs and position where it
is used. Please see the following pictures.
钢筋配料成型后必须挂牌，标明其规格及使用部位。
加工成品标牌一（颜色、形状区分不同施工部位）
加工成品标牌二（颜色、形状区分不同施工部位）
3.4.5 Beam Rebar Colligation 梁钢筋绑扎
The banding process of reinforced beam：梁钢筋绑扎流程
In the case of beam longitudinal reinforcement two-tier arrangement between the two layers of
第 54 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
reinforced pad into the short diameter of 25mm reinforced. The stirrups joints staggered set, stud
connector and the corresponding parts of the banding.
For the banding method of reinforced beam, please see the schematic drawing below.
在梁纵向受力钢筋双层排列情况下，两层钢筋之间垫入直径25mm的短钢筋。箍筋接头交错设
置，接头与相应部位的架立筋绑扎。
梁筋绑扎方法见下图：
梁钢筋套扣法绑扎（1、2、3——绑扎顺序）
3.4.6 Rebar Covering Control 钢筋保护层控制
Beam side reinforcement layer control using plastic pads; the basis of the use of high-strength
mortar pad, pad of mortar can be made of reinforced specifications groove, so that the pad and
reinforced better united, to ensure that no offset and shift.
梁侧面钢筋保护层控制采用塑料垫块；基础使用高强砂浆垫块，砂浆垫块可以根据钢筋规格做
成凹槽，使垫块和钢筋更好地联合在一起,保证不偏移和移位。
(1) Concrete pad type in the following table：具体垫块型式如下表
塑料卡环、塑料垫块 Plastic Cushion Block 砂浆垫块 Mortar Cushion Block
Section 3.5 Superstructure Concrete Works
第 3.5 节 混凝土工程
3.5.1Preparation 准备工作
第 55 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
Prior to the concrete casting, check and inspect the rebar, formworks, embedment and preformed
holes; the concrete shall be supplied by concrete pumper for each unit.
砼浇筑前应对钢筋、模板、预埋件、预留孔进行全面检查验收，并要做好隐蔽工程验收。对于本工
程的全部各单位工程的混凝土浇筑均采用汽车泵直接泵送。
The horizontal or vertical rebars at each intersection shall be positioned by soldering to control the
distance between the concrete protective layer and the rebars; the embedment shall be erected
and secured well.
各节点部位的竖横向钢筋，宜采用电焊进行定位控制措施，以控制钢筋保护层和钢筋间距。
埋件的架立、固定必须牢固。
The gaps between formworks shall be tight, the holes shall be filled in advance; the gap between
the ridge of formworks of columns/walls and the floor slabs shall be leveled with mortar in case of
any leakage; the rubbish, sundries and pounding shall be cleared off.
模板拼接缝间隙要求严密，模板孔洞应预先补平，柱、墙模下口与楼板接触处空隙必须用砂浆找平，
防止漏浆，模板内垃圾、杂物、积水应清除干净。
The concrete shall be supplied continuous, the pumper shall operate without stop.
商品砼供应要连续，使泵车连续工作。
Special persons shall see to the condition of formworks, deal with promptly in case of any
problems.
组织专门人员看模，发现问题及时处理。
The construction foreman shall address to the team members of technical clarification, quality and
safety control measures; the concrete casting cannot start without prior approval.
施工人员应向班组认真交底技术、质量、安全措施。签发砼浇灌令后才能进行砼浇捣。
3.5.2 Commercial Ready Mixed Concrete 预拌混凝土
Ready-mixed concrete shall be delivered to the Site in a plastic condition and ready for placing in
the position in which it is to set. The following details of the mix shall be provided prior to placing：
预拌混凝土运输到现场应呈塑状并浇捣在指定的位置. 浇捣前提供下列混合物详细资料：
Type and grading of aggregates骨料的类型和等级
Aggregate cement ratio - Water cement ratio骨料水泥配合比
Proportions of fine and coarse aggregates水灰比粗细骨料比例
Full details of admixtures if any外加剂详细资料
Concrete will be delivered by a truck mixer and cast within two hours after mixing begins.
混凝土运输采用混凝土搅拌车，混凝土在开始拌制后 2 小时内浇捣
A record book shall be kept on the site containing all relevant pour details.
现场应保存一本记录薄记录所有相关浇捣的详细资料.
3.5.3Slump Test 坍落度测试
第 56 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
The slump shall be inspected at the agreed delivery spot. The slump of pump concrete may be
80-180mm and shall coincide with the category of the concrete used. The tolerance between the
measured concrete slump and the required slump shall conform to the stipulations of the following
table.
坍落度应在经批准的交付地点检查. 除非另有指定.泵送混凝土的坍落度为 120±30mm 并符合所使
用的混凝土的品种.混凝土坍落度测量与所要求的允许偏差应遵照下表的规定:
3.5.4 Concrete Compressive Strength Tests 混凝土抗压强度试验
The compressive strength of 150mm works cubes shall be the basis of acceptance of the mixes.
混凝土抗压强度测试基本试块为 150mm 立方体.
Concrete sample will be made according to National Standard GB50204-2002 and at mix or cast
point depending on instruction. Quantity and frequency of sample follow the National Standard
GB50204-2002 or the Owner representative’s instruction. Take sample of the concrete delivered to
site at its unload point. For different mix ratio concrete, at least one sample should be made for
every day. For every sample, slump test should be conducted to make sure they comply with the
limit value settled during trial mixing. Sample should also be taken for each concrete trunk for
slump test. Concrete test record should clearly indicate the sample ration of concrete construction
position.
混凝土的取样制作应按国标 GB50204-2002 进行，且按指示在搅拌点或浇筑点取样。取样的数量和
频率须按国标 GB50204-2002 或业主代表的指示。送至工地的混凝土应在其下卸点进行取样。每一
天在不同配合比的混凝土，其取样不得少于一次。每一取样应进行有关塌落度试验以确保能符合在
试拌时所订下之限值。在每一车混凝土上取样进行塌落度检查。用于工程的混凝土试验纪录必须清
楚地表明取样混凝土的工程位置取样率。）
Tests shall be carried out in a accredited laboratory. The appropriate strength requirements shall
be considered to be satisfied if for each set of three cubes tested at the specified age, none of the
strengths of the cubes is below the specified cube strength, or the average strength of the cubes is
not less than the specified cube strength and the difference between the greatest and the least
strength is not more than 20% of that average.
测试应在认可的实验室内进行.试块必须达到一定强度才能视作符合要求,即每一组 3 块试块按指定
的期龄测试,没有试块强度低于指定的强度,或试块平均试块强度不低于指定的强度和最高及最低强
度相差不超过平均值的 20%.
第 57 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
Tests failing to meet these requirements shall require that the hardened concrete be tested as
specified below or that a structure load test be carried out. If any works cube result is less than
80% of the specified strength, the section of concrete represented by the cubes will be removed or
replaced by concrete meeting this Specification or that other measures be carried out.
试验没有达到这些要求应采用以下所述的对硬化混凝土测试或进行结构荷载实验.如果试块测试结
果小于指定强度的 80%,该试块所代表的混凝土部件将弃除或由符合本说明的混凝土代替或采取其
他措施.
3.5.5 Transportation of Concrete 混凝土的运送
The concrete shall be distributed from the mixer to the position of placing in the Works by
approved means, which does not cause segregation or otherwise impair the quality of the
concrete.
混凝土采用混凝土泵车将混凝土运送到构件浇捣的位置,不会产生离析或其他混凝土质量削弱的现
象.
3.5.6 Placing of Concrete 混凝土的浇筑
All concrete shall be transported from the mixer to the place of final deposit as speedily as
possible before it has commenced to set. Where approved, retarder additives can be used so that
such interval may be extended. The method of transit shall be such that it will prevent the
segregation, loss or contamination of the ingredients.
所有混凝土在开始凝固前应尽快从搅拌机运输到最终浇捣的位置，经批准可采用添加缓凝剂以延长
这样的间隔时间。运输的方法应防止骨料的离析，损失或污染。
In the use of concrete pumps the following is requirements must be complied with:
采用泵送混凝土必须遵从下列要求：
Pumping shall commence first with blowing cement mortar, both of sufficient quantities
and all these shall be discharged away from the area of concrete.
泵送开始时先向管内送入足够量的水泥砂浆，这些都卸在远离混凝土浇捣的地方。
Raised gangways for workmen placing and vibrating concrete shall be provided wherever
possible and shall be so constructed as to avoid damaging and displacing the
reinforcement.
为避免钢筋的损坏和位移,在浇筑和振捣混凝土时应为操作工人提供架空操作平台。
Concrete shall be placed in the formwork by shovels or other approved equipment and
shall not be dropped from a height nor handled in a manner, which will cause segregation.
Accumulation of set concrete on the reinforcement shall be avoided. Concrete shall be
placed directly in the permanent position and shall not be worked along the formwork to
that position.
混凝土应用铁铲或其他经批准的工具置入模板内，不能从高处抛入模板以防离析。钢筋上
避免堆积大量混凝土。混凝土应直接放到其永久位置，不能沿着模板移动到位。
For beams and similar members, concrete shall be placed in a single operation to the full
depth. In walls, columns and similar members, the concrete shall be placed in compacted
layers each not exceeding 1m deep at a time. Placing of concrete shall be continuous
and temporary interruption shall not normally exceed 30 minutes. At the completion of a
specified part, a construction joint shall be made.
对于梁和类似物件，混凝土应一次浇捣至整个高度。在墙，柱和相似构件内，混凝土应分
层浇捣每次不超过1 米。混凝土应连续浇捣，时间间隔不超过30 分钟。在完成一块制定的
部分后，应留设相应的施工缝。
第 58 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
No concrete shall be placed during raining weather.
雨天禁止浇筑砼。
All concrete shall be placed in daylight, unless an adequate system of lighting is provided.
除非提供足够的照明系统，否则混凝土应在白天浇捣。
3.5.7 Compaction of Concrete by Vibration 混凝土振捣密实
The types of vibrator to be used under various conditions are as follows:
不同条件下使用振捣器的类型如下：
Internal vibrators shall be used in all sections which are sufficiently large to permit their
use.
插入式振捣器可用于所有具有足够尺寸可操作的构件。
For slabs, screed vibrators may be used in conjunction with internal vibration if the depth
of the slab is such that the latter may be used.
对于板可使用找平振捣器，如果板厚度允许则可同时使用插入式振捣器。
Vibrators shall be of sturdy construction, adequately powered and capable of transmitting
to the concrete not less than 5000 impulses per minute. The vibration shall be sufficiently
intense to cause the concrete to flow or settle into place and to visibly affect the concrete
over a radius of at least 500mm when used with a concrete having 25mm slump. A
sufficient number of vibrators shall be employed so it will achieve the required rate of
placement, vibrating throughout the entire volume of each layer of concrete and complete
compaction is secured. At least one standby vibrator shall be in hand, in case of
emergency use or break down.
振捣器应具有牢固的构造，足够的功率和每分钟对混凝土传送不少于5000 次振动的能力。
振动应有足够的深度使混凝土流淌或表面沉陷，在500mm 半径范围内对混凝土有明显效
力并有25 mm 的沉陷。在需要加速浇捣的地方采用足够数量的振动器，确保混凝土整个体
积的每一层充分振捣和完全密实。至少准备一台备用振动器供应急使用。
Internal vibrators shall be placed in the concrete with a slow and uniform motion and shall
be kept there until the escape of air bubbles from the concrete ceases, the coarse
aggregate has been embedded and enough mortar has been brought to the surface for
satisfactory finishing when they shall be withdrawn with a slow and uniform motion in
order that not to leave large voids in the concrete at the point from which the vibrator is
withdrawn.
插入式振捣器振捣混凝土时应缓慢均衡操作，插入振捣直至气泡从静止的混凝土中逸出。
当拔出时应缓慢均匀的进行以免在混凝土中留下大的空缺，这样粗骨料会沉下混凝土表面
并使表面呈现足够的灰浆。
The vibrator shall be applied in like manner at points uniformly spaced and not further
apart than the radius over which the vibrator is visibly effective. They shall be applied
closely enough to the formwork to effectively vibrate the surface concrete.
振捣器应有均匀的移动间距并不超过其作用有效半径。振捣器应尽量接近模板使混凝土表
面得到充分振捣。
When screed vibrators are used for the compaction of concrete in thin slabs two passes
shall be made, one for compacting and the other for finishing. For the compacting pass,
the concrete shall, before application of the screed, be roughly leveled off at a
pre-determined height above the level of the forms - this height, or surcharge shall be
established during trials on the first slab to be compacted in this manner. Compaction
shall be obtained by lifting the screed in increments (forward) on to the surcharged
concrete and keeping it in a position after each increment of forward movement until the
concrete beneath the screed has settled to the level of the forms. The finishing pass shall
第 59 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
be made at a sufficiently short interval after the compacting pass as will enable any
further finishing or floating required to be done by hand to be completed before the
concrete attains its initial set.
找平振动器用于薄板的振捣，应按两个步骤进行，一是压实，另一是表面抹平。在压实过
程中,混凝土在找平前应粗略的平整高过模板的标高,并在振动器下添加混凝土来回推动直
到找平振动器下面的混凝土沉实到达模板的标高. 表面抹平在压实处理后较短的时间间隔
内进行,在混凝土达到初凝前用手工做进一步的表面整修或磨光。
The vibration of concrete shall be such that the concrete becomes uniformly plastic.
Vibration, with any type of vibrator, shall not be continued in any one spot to the extent
that pools of grout are formed. Care shall be taken to avoid any disturbance of concrete,
which has become too stiff to regain plasticity when vibrated. Vibration shall not be
applied directly to reinforcement.
振捣混凝土使之呈现均匀的塑状。振捣器不能在一个地方连续振捣而形成过多的灰浆汇聚。
注意避免对混凝土搅动，使其变得太坚硬而难以振捣成塑性。振动不能直接碰到钢筋。
Schematic Drawing of the Vibrator Arragement:振捣棒的布置示意图：
模板
0.7R
1.5R
1.5R
1.5R
R
新浇混凝土层
新浇混凝土层
振捣器插入深度
3.5.8 Curing 养护
Concrete structure’s entire surface must be protected during curing period to avoid dehydration of
it. For normal silicate cement, watering cure period should be at least 7 days. If penetration
resistance is required, such period should be at least 14 days. For after-cast strip, such period
should be at least 28 days. Curing plan should be submitted to supervisor and Owner for approval
prior to concrete cast commencement.
在养护期间必须保护结构混凝土的所有表面，以防止其表面脱水，对普通硅酸盐水泥来说，浇水养
护期不得少于 7 天，对有抗渗要求的混凝土不少于 14 天，后浇带混凝土养护时间不少于 28 天。
留于原位的模板可以被认为保护同它接触的混凝土表面的材料。在开始灌筑混凝土之前，提交施工
方案交监理和业主批准
Section 3.6 Masonry Works
第 3.6 节 砌体工程
3.6.1 Site Preparation 现场准备
All working areas shall be approximately 3-4 m in width; area adjacent to the wall should be level
第 60 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
and clean. The concrete blocks shall be stacked within easy reach.
所有的工作区域应被划分为大约3-4 米宽，靠墙的区域应平整及清洁。砌块码放在方便取用的地方。
3.6.2 Cement Mortar 水泥砂浆
Mortar will be ready-mixed mortar. For structural purposes cement mortar shall comply with
Chinese code and tested by an approved professional organization.
砂浆采用商品砂浆，结构使用的水泥砂浆应符合中国规范，并在认可的专业检测机构作测试。
Use of admixtures, anti-freeze agents, calcium chloride or other chemical additives in mortar or
grout is prohibited. These materials may erode metal reinforcement or affect strength or bond.
Only approved mixing machines of size appropriate to supply masons with a steady supply of
mortal and grout as needed to meet time schedules is permitted.
砂浆或灰浆中禁止使用添加剂，防冻剂，氯化钙或其它化学添加剂。此种材料或会腐蚀钢筋或影响
强度或粘结。现场只允许使用经批准的尺寸适宜的搅拌机，它们可以按照时间的安排向泥瓦工供应
需要的砂浆和灰浆。
3.6.3 Masonry Material 砌筑材料
Aerated concrete block will be used for this project proposed block samples will be submitted to
the Owner, supervisor and Design Institute for approval.
砌筑前提供砌块样品，报业主、监理及设计单位认可。
We will verify that the nominated manufacturer can supply the selected blocks in the necessary
quantities, including purpose made specials if required, in time to meet the overall program for the
works.
核实被指定的生产厂商有能力按时提供工作所需的砌块数量，包括特殊要求的制作以满足整个工程
的需要。
We shall refer to the Documents for sizes, fire ratings and locations. In addition, part sizes, jamb,
lintel, corner, sash, control joints, header, bonding and other special condition blocks must be
provided if required. Such blocks must be of the same manufacture, type and finish as the
adjacent wall blocks.
按要求准备产品的尺寸，防火等级及安装位置。另外，如有要求尚须提供组件的尺寸，门边框，过
梁，转角，窗扇，控制接口，横梁，绑扎及其它特殊砖块。上述砖块的制作，类型及饰面必须与邻
近的砖块相同。
Concrete blocks to be used the next day should be
watered overnight and built according to codes.
所有待砌筑的砌块须提前进行隔夜浇水湿润,按规范要求
进行组砌。
3.6.4Requirement of Masonry 砌筑要求
All walls must be plumbed and verticality of walls shall
be maintained at all times. In the course of stopping and
转角处砌筑示意图
resuming work, staircase shape construction joints and
not jig saw type are required. Clean all exposed
surfaces of set concrete blocks, wet units lightly, and
remove loose and broken concrete blocks and mortal
before laying new concrete blocks at joints. As the work
progresses, build in accessories as required and
specified by the specifications.
所有的墙体都必须垂直并在任何时候都保持垂直。在停止
及重新开始工作时，需梯形施工缝及非往复式竖锯。清理
第 61 页
交接处砌筑示意图
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
As for non-bearing interior partition walls, they
must be full height to underside of solid structure,
unless otherwise indicated. Connecting re-bar
should be inserted during concrete casting and
welded before masonry. The welding must be
inspected for acceptance.
安置好的砖块的所有暴露的表面，轻微地湿润砖
体，，并在于接缝处铺放新的砌块时清除松动的及
损毁的砌块块。施工时，按规范的要求设附件。在
内部的非承重隔断墙，除非另有指定，必须铺设到
与钢筋混凝土结构构件连接。连接拉筋采用浇筑砼
时预埋的方法，砌筑前进行拉结筋焊接，焊接要求试验合格。
Section 3.7 Decoration concept
第 3.7 节 装饰装修方案
3.7.1 Ceiling Work 吊顶施工
1）Preparation准备工作
Installation of light fixtures, utility piping, and sprinkler piping (and pressure test) should be
completed. Install supports in suspended ceiling accordingly.
Lightweight fixtures can be
hanged directly on the frame. Use extra hooks for heavy fixtures, do not hang directly on frame.
吊顶内的灯槽、水电管道应安装完毕，消防管道安装并试压完毕；
吊顶内的灯槽、斜撑、剪刀撑等，应根据工程情况适当布置，轻型灯具可吊在主龙骨或附加龙骨上，
重型灯具不得与吊顶龙骨连接，应另设吊钩。
2）Material requirements材料要求
(1) Beams for the frame have to be handled with care during installation, avoid tossing, collision.
Store beams flat inside building to prevent from rusting and deformation.
吊顶龙骨在运输、安装时，不得扔摔、碰撞，龙骨应平放，防止变形，龙骨要存放于室内，防止生
锈。
(3) Drywalls have to be handled with care during transport and installation to prevent from being
chips. The storage should be drywall in a well ventilated at dry location.
石膏板运输和安装时应轻放，不得损坏板材的表面和边角，应防止受潮变形，放于平整、干燥、通
风处。
3) Process flow施工程序
放 线
Locate the lines
安装次龙骨
Assemble second
keel
安装石膏板
Assemble
gypsum board
打膨胀螺栓
Place the
expanding bolts
龙骨校正
Adjust the keel
完工验收
Finished
inspection
安装吊杆
Assemble the
hanging poles
龙骨验收
Inspect the keel
安装主龙骨
Assemble the
main keel
机电验收
M &E inspection
(1) Beam installation龙骨安装
第 62 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
Chalk lines according to design, lines have to be precise and allowed tolerance is ±5mm.
根据吊顶的设计标高在四周墙上或柱子上弹线，弹线应清楚，位置应准确，其水平允许偏差±5mm。
Follow design recommendation to space beams, arch in the mid section for metal beams have to
be no less than 1/200 of the room. Adjust beam location and height immediately after installation.
Use light weight steel beams to ensure ceiling height.
主龙骨吊顶间距，应按设计推荐系列选择，中间部分应起拱，金属龙骨起拱高度应不小于房间短向
跨度的1/200，主龙骨安装后应及时校正其位置和标高。为了确保室内的标高可采用轻钢龙骨吸顶吊
件。
Distance between beams and hanger rods have to be less than 300mm, use extra hanger rods if
need. Adjust hanger rods and install extra angle irons if equipment is in the way.
吊杆距主龙骨端部不得超过300mm，否则应增设吊杆，以免主龙骨下坠，当吊杆与设备相遇时，应
调整吊点构造或增设角钢过桥，以保证吊顶质量。
Install secondary beams as close as possible to the main beams.
Install drywall using screws on
secondary beams with width greater than 40mm.
次龙骨应贴紧主龙骨安装，当用自攻螺钉安装板材时，板材的接缝处，必须安装在宽度不小于40mm
的次龙骨上。
Adjust main and secondary beams, check positions and level. Arrange beam installation to
avoid line up connection. Make sure there are no obvious bends on the beam. Tolerance for
lining up secondary beams is 2mm. Tighten hanger rods and connection after inspection.
全面校正主、次龙骨的位置及其水平度，连接件应错开安装，明龙骨应目测无明显弯曲，通长次龙
骨连接处的对接错位偏差不超过2mm，校正后应将龙骨的所有吊挂件、连接件拧紧。
4) Drywall installation石膏板安装
Install drywall along the long side of secondary beam, do not force or press drywall during
installation to prevent deformation.
板材应在自由状态下进行固定，防止出现弯棱、凸鼓现象，石膏板的长边沿纵向次龙骨铺设。
Distance between screws and edge of drywall have to be 10-15mm for uncut boards, 15-20 mm
for boards that have been cut.
自攻螺钉与石膏板边距离，面纸包封的板边以10～
15mm为宜，切割的板边以15～20mm为宜。
The distances for secondary beams that are used
for securing plaster are < 400mm.
固定石膏板的次龙骨间距一般不大于400mm。
第 63 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
Distance between screws is 150-170mm
钉距以150～170mm为宜。
Start securing drywalls from the mid section and work toward outside edges and have to be
secured one at a time.
石膏板与龙骨固定，应从一块板的中间向板的四边固定，不得多点同时作业。
Draw screws 1-2mm inside the drywalls, do not damage the paper surfaces.
Rust proof on the
screw heads and smooth with putty.
螺钉头宜钻进石膏板内1～2mm，并不得使纸面破损，钉帽应作防锈处理，并用石膏腻子抹平。
3.7.2 Doors and Windows Work 门窗安装
1）Windows construction窗施工
(1) construction process工艺流程
弹线找规矩Measurement → 窗洞口处理Window openings processing → 窗洞口内埋设连接铁件
Buried connect pieces of iron within the window openings →窗拆包检查Checking the windows
materials → 按图纸编号运至安装地点 Delivery on site according to layout number→ 检查保护模
Checking the protection package→窗安装Installation of windows → 窗口四周嵌缝、填保温材料
Around windows caulking, fill insulation materials → 清理Cleaning → 安装五金配件Install the
metal accessories → 安装门窗密封条 Install doors and windows seal strip→ 质量检验Quality
inspection。
(2) 弹线找规矩Measurement：对个别不直的口边应处理The openings of the straight edge should
deal with separately.
The horizontal position of the window should be subject higher up to 50 cm horizontal line and
measure out the window under the skin elevation, which playing the line to find the straight skin
(same elevation) in the same horizontal line in the window.
窗口的水平位置应以+50cm水平线为准，往上返，量出窗下皮标高，弹线找直，窗下皮（若标高相
同）应在同一水平线上。
(3) The installation location of the wall thickness direction: According to the width of the external
walls of large samples and windowsill to determine the location of the installation of aluminum
window in the direction of the thickness of the wall.
墙厚方向的安装位置：根据外墙大样图及窗台的宽度，确定铝合金窗在墙厚方向的安装位置。
(4) The installation which is according to the installation location line has been put away and the
hanging are looking for straight, no problem be fixed.
根据已放好的安装位置线安装，并将其吊正找直，无问题后方可固定。
第 64 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
第 65 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
2）Door construction门施工
弹线定位
五金安装
门框安装
门扇安装
Setting out
Doorframe
installation
Door
installation
Hardware
installation
Before the installation work, it should check door and window models for confirm if the
specifications, quality, compliance is follow with the requirements or not. In case of problem, it
should prior to repair or replace.
Door adopted gagged, press the doorway size masonry and door frames with expansion bolts on
the wall, block constructed Atlas. The legislation doorframe pulls through the line, 50cm horizontal
control elevation.
Put the doors to the box in order to pass the test. In terms of the fan 1/8 to 1/10 in the frame hinge
size crossed which is bound by a hinge thickness and planar dimension of the hinge slot, and high
assurance for the bottom flat.
安装前检查门窗型号、规格、质量是否符合要求，如发现问题事先修好或更换。
门采用后塞口，先按门洞尺寸砌筑，门框用膨胀螺栓固定于墙体上，按砌块构造图集。立门框要拉
通线，用+50cm水平线控制标高。
将门扇放入框中试装合格后，按扇高的1/8～1/10在框上按合页大小划线,剔出与合页厚度和平面尺寸
相适应的合页槽,并保证槽底平直。
3.7.3 Floor Work 地面施工方案
1）The large area of concrete floor construction concept地坪大面积混凝土施工方案
The concrete surface with the pound and the
wipe which once survived the construction
methods to avoid the usual phenomenon of
surface shrinkage cracks. And the layer of
mechanical trowel and the beginning of wiping,
precision wiping will finally wipe a complete,
smooth surface. According to the requirements
of the different functions can be combined with
a variety of surface construction. The variety of
self-leveling coating can be coated on its
surface, the entire floor which will achieve a
smooth surface, seamless whole to meet the
functional requirement.
混凝土面层采用随捣随抹一次成活施工方法，避
固定螺栓
6#槽 钢
§ ¶10～12螺杆
@300～100
现浇钢筋混凝 土
垫层（模板）
调节螺栓
调节螺栓
免了通常的面层收缩裂缝现象。且面层采用机械
地面施工质量控制图
抹光，经初抹、精抹、终抹一次完成，表面平整
光滑。根据不同使用功能的要求，可结合各种面
层施工，可在其表面涂抹各种自流平涂层，整个楼面达到表面平整、光洁、整体无缝，满足了各种
第 66 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
特殊使用功能要求。本工程地坪混凝土面层采用随捣随抹一次成活施工方法，避免了通常的面层收
缩裂缝现象。且面层采用机械抹光，经初抹、精抹、终抹一次完成，表面平整光滑。
地坪的平整度采用小型槽钢控制，在混凝土浇灌前预埋长槽钢，槽钢的高低每间隔一定距离采用可
调螺栓进行调节，以使槽钢的表面平整度达到设计要求，混凝土浇灌时即已槽钢作为标志，确保了
地坪表面高精度的平整度。该种施工工艺较成熟，我公司已在多个工程上成功应用。（采用小型槽
钢控制地坪平整度的施工工艺已获得江苏省级工法称号，目前在建筑行业推广应用。）
根据不同使用功能的要求，可结合各种面层施工，可在其表面涂抹各种自流平涂层，整个楼面达到
表面平整、光洁、整体无缝，满足了各种特殊使用功能要求。
The concrete floor with the pound and the wipe once survived the construction methods to avoid
the usual phenomenon of surface shrinkage cracks. And the surface layer by mechanical trowel
and the beginning of wiping, precision wiping which finally wipe a complete, smooth surface.
The flatness is the ground control of a small channel. The embedded components will pour in the
concrete long channel, channel high and low for every certain distance away from the adjustable
bolt adjust, so that the surface flatness of the channel to meet the design requirements. The
concrete is already at the time channel as a symbol to ensure the flatness of the precision floor
surface. The construction technology is more mature and has been successfully applied in
multiple projects. (Using a small channel to control the floor flatness construction process has
received the title of Jiangsu provincial construction method in the construction industry to promote
the application.)
According to the requirements of the different functions which can be combined with a variety of
surface construction and a variety of self-leveling coating can be coated on its surface. The entire
floor should achieve a smooth surface and seamless whole to meet the functional requirements.
(1) Technological process工艺流程
The Primary treatment and cushion construction ( the end of the plate template bracing) → Rebar
banding → fixed adjustment bolts → installation elevation of the control channel → adjusting the control
elevation of one side of the mold bracing → Concrete Pouring → channel dismantling → concrete
repairing → concrete vacuum suction → wipe light machine mentioned the pulp trowel → flatness
reviewing → surface Construction → conservation → product protection
基层处理及垫层施工（板底模板支撑）→钢筋绑扎→固定调节螺栓→安装标高控制槽钢→调整控制
标高→侧模支撑→混凝土浇捣→槽钢拆除→混凝土修补→混凝土真空吸水→抹光机提浆抹光→平整
度复核→面层施工→养护→成品保护
(2) Fixed bolts固定调节螺栓
The end of the screw should set the hook buried in the cushion and concrete pre-fixed or plate bottom
and reinforced welding the surface layer. To set the screw top of the double nut should below the nut
used to adjust the channel elevation. Above the nut should be the mounting channel. Vibrators may be
adopted by the screw embedded spacing should generally screw spacing should be between 0.8m to
1.5m.
螺杆末端宜设成弯钩，埋入垫层中并用混凝土预先固定或与板底层钢筋焊牢且与面层钢筋焊牢，在
螺杆上端设置双螺帽，下面螺帽用来调整槽钢标高，上面螺帽用来固定槽钢。螺杆预埋的间距应视
所采用的振捣方式而定，一般螺杆间距宜为0.8-1.5m。
(3) Before channel installation, it should be buried in the screw pitch on creation of a long strip holes for
screw penetration. After the initial installation of H steel, using the level of foot leveling and adjusting the
nut to so that the whole ground Ping will be formatted and using the level of Miriam review elevation.
Elevation to meet the requirements, tighten the nut fixed channel. Adjust the channel flatness which is
the flatness of the key factors controlling concrete level. We must ensure that the installation of H steel,
the flatness which meets the flatness requirements of the design and construction specification of the
specific H steel which installed to adjust the practices detailed in the right.
安装槽钢、调整控制标高Installation section H steel, adjustment of elevation
槽钢安装前，应根据埋入的螺杆间距在其上开设长条形孔，以便螺杆穿入。槽钢初次安装后用水平
尺找平，调节螺帽使整个地坪平整，并用水平仪复核标高。在标高达到要求后，拧紧螺帽固定槽钢。
由于调节槽钢平整度是控制混凝土层面的平整度的关键因素，必须保证槽钢安装平整度符合设计及
施工规范规定的平整度要求，具体槽钢安装调节做法详见右图。
第 67 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
(4) Concrete construction 砼施工
Before concrete pouring, it should be fully ready to work to ensure the continuous pouring. The
concrete pouring. The slump should be controlled between 120 ± 20mm.
The concrete vibrator which using plug-in vibrator vibrated dense, and then flat-panel vibrator
make it the surface of dense, no air bubbles rise, even appear slurry. After detecting the vibrators
the deviation of parts should be adjusted.
Upon pouring a structural layer of concrete as the boundary of the embedded channel logo which
fill to the elevation of the concrete vibrated dense with scraping feet against the concrete surface
and surface evenness.
The concrete surface absorbent is upon completion of the trowel (pouring of concrete the size of
this project, each construction of a total 8). Start Plastering work even repeatedly wiping light
compaction, wiping end in order to wait until after the concrete surface moisture evaporation and
then carry out the next fight to wipe. Scraping feet further scrape leveling.
砼浇筑前，应充分做好准备工作，确保连续浇筑。混泥土浇筑时，坍落度应控制在120±20mm 。
砼振捣先用插入式振动棒振捣密实，再用平板振动器进行振捣，使其表面密实，无气泡上升，均匀
出现浆液。振捣后，用水平仪检测水平情况，对偏差部位进行调整。
浇捣结构层砼，以预埋槽钢标志为界，填到标高的砼振捣密实后即用刮尺靠在砼面上将表面刮平。
将砼面吸水完成后即采用抹光机（根据本工程浇注砼面积大小，每段施工共计用8台）开始抹面工作
均匀反复抹光压实，每抹一遍结束后，要待砼表面水分蒸发后再进行下一次打抹。同时用刮尺进一
步进行刮抹整平。
Until the entire surface smooth compaction, bringing up the puree will be deemed to rough wiping.
To crude wipe should be controlled in the concrete after the initial setting soon of completion. on
foot of mechanical trowel check to ensure the flatness of the surface layer where uneven need
repair smooth manual processing.
若遇局部表面如有凹塘或不太平整，应立即先进行人工补浆抹平，再进行机械抹面。
In case of concave pond or less flat in partial surface, it should immediately be carried out artificial
fill pulp smooth mechanical hand side.
待整个面层抹平压实，调出原浆后即视为粗抹完成，且粗抹工作应控制在混泥土初凝后不久完成。
机械抹光后用靠尺进行检查，以保证面层的平整度，在不平整的地方，还需用手工加工修补抹平。
水泥混泥土面层在混泥土终凝前，用抹光机再次进行抹平压实，经反复抹压，待面层比较平整光滑
后，质检人员进场用靠尺进行仔细检查平整及光洁情况，必要时采用泼水检验，对于不符合要求部
位，用抹光机进一步抹光磨平。
Before the final setting of the concrete, the cement concrete surface should be smoothly
compacted by repeated wiping pressure until the surface layer of relatively smooth, quality control
approach on foot, double-check formation and smooth. If necessary, splashing water test for
non-compliant parts and trowel polished trowel further.
第 68 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
2）Floor tile construction concept地砖施工方案
基层处理
擦缝
贴标志砖
清洁
镶贴
Foundatio
n
Joints
Lay
tile
datum
Cleaning
Lay tiles
scrapping
During cleaning up the floor in the room vertical, horizontal two directions rows of good brick, the
joint width is not larger than 2 mm. When arranged at both ends of the edge sub-entire brick (or
specific parts), it should measure out the size, the entire brick cut to trim tiles. Row of bricks
determined feet regulatory side, every 3 to 5 bricks on the binding layer playing the longitudinal
and cross the Line of Control.
清理楼面、在房间纵、横两个方向排好砖，其接缝宽度不大于2mm。当排列两端边缘不合整砖时(或
特殊部位)，量出尺寸，将整砖切割成镶边砖。排砖确定后，用方尺规方，每隔3～5块砖在结合层上
弹纵、横控制线。
well the matching tiles, placed in water 2 or 3h to dry out. After finish their line and then paving
sequence. Paving the ceramic binder, vertical line with horizontal positioning, positioning with
each separated by 15 to 20 bricks, then from the inside out refund Shop positioning with floor tiles,
floor tile according to the control line will paving smooth and dense
.将选配好的砖清洗干净后，放入清水中浸泡2～3h后取出晾
干备用。弹完线后，接着按顺序铺砖。铺砖时，应采用陶瓷
粘结剂，按线先铺纵、横定位带，定位带各相隔15～20块砖，
然后从里往外退着铺定位带内的地砖，将地面砖按控制线铺
贴平整、密实。
压平、拔缝：每铺完一个段落，用木锤和硬木拍板按铺砖顺
序锤拍一遍，不得遗漏，边压实，边用水平尺找平。压实后
拉通线，先纵缝，后横缝，进行拔缝调直，使缝口平直、贯
通。调缝后再用木锤、拍板压平，随即将缝内余桨或砖面上
的灰浆擦去。
第 69 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
从铺设砂浆至压平拔缝，应连续作业，常温下必须5～6h完成。揩缝结束后，要洒水养护，不得少于
7天。
After cleaning
Flatten, pull the seam: every finishing a paragraph, and closed
with a wooden hammer and hardwood hammer shot again,
paving the order shall not be omitted, while compaction, while
leveling foot level. To pull through line after the compaction, the
first longitudinal seam which should after the contraction joints,
pulling seam straightening and the seam straight through.
Adjusting seam and then with a wooden hammer, the green
light to flatten then sewing paddled or mortar of the brick
surface wipe. Flatten which is from laying mortar to pull the
seam should be continuous operation at room temperature must be completed between 5 or 6h.
Wiping sewn after the sprinkler maintenance should not less than seven days.
3.7.4 Wall Work 墙面施工方案
1）Latex painting technique 乳 漆施工技术
Concrete ceiling needs to be free of dirt, sand and lump. The remaining insulation liquid needs
remove by caustic and water. Grease needs to be cleaned thoroughly.
混凝土顶棚表面的浮砂、灰尘、疙瘩等要清理干净，粘附着的隔离剂应用碱水（火碱：水=1：10）
清刷墙面，然后用清水冲刷干净。如油污处应彻底清除.
Glue spreading: Glue (construction glue=5:1) needs to be spread before puttying to increase the
bounding of putty and concrete surface.
刷喷 水：刮腻子前应先喷刷一道 水（重量比为水：建筑 =5：1）以增强腻子与基层表面的粘结性，
应喷刷均匀一致，不得有遗漏处。
Crack filling, partial puttying: Gaps and lumps need to be filled and smoothed with water proof
putty. Puttying needs to be worked in vertical and horizontal directions, remove excess putty
then sand
填补缝隙、局部刮腻子：用耐水腻子将顶棚缝隙及坑洼不平之处分遍找平。操作时要横平竖直，填
实抹平，并将多余腻子收净，待腻子干燥后用砂纸磨平，并把浮尘扫净。
Full puttying: Full puttying needs to be worked in vertical and horizontal directions, gaps and
edges have to be cleaned. Surface needs to be sanded and cleaned after each puttying.
满刮腻子：刮腻子应横竖刮，并注意接槎和收头时腻子要刮净，每遍腻子干后要磨砂纸,将腻子磨平，
磨完后将浮尘清理干净。
First coating: Use brush to coat 20cm around doors and windows, then use sprayer for coating
larger areas. The different color which between wall and ceiling intersection to be used.
刷（喷）第一遍浆：喷刷浆前应先将门窗口圈20cm用排笔刷好，如墙面和顶棚为两种颜色时应在分
色线处用排笔齐线并刷20cm宽以利接槎，然后再大面积喷刷浆。
Puttying: After the first coat is dried, scratch marks and ripples need to be filled and smoothed.
Sand and clean until the surface is very smooth after drying.
复找腻子：第一遍浆干透后，对墙面上的麻点、坑洼、刮痕等用腻子重新复刮找平，干透后用细砂
纸轻磨，并把粉尘扫净，达到表面光滑平整。
Second coating: Same as first coating, number of coating depends on the quality requirement.
刷喷第二道浆：所用浆料与操作方法同第一遍浆。刷喷浆遍数以达到质量要求为准。
第 70 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
Glue spreading: Remove spots, dust and splash using fine sand papers after second coat dried.
Clean surface before glue spreading, glue needs to be thicker than first coating to prevent peel off.
刷喷交活浆：待第二遍浆干后，用细砂纸将粉尘、溅沫、喷点等轻轻磨掉，并打扫干净，即可刷喷
交活浆。交活浆应比第二遍浆的 量适当增大一点，防止刷喷浆的涂层掉粉。
2）Wall tiling work 面砖墙面工程
Part of the wall use glazed brick tiles and ceramics bricks. Following is the Installation procedure:
本工程墙面部分采用釉面砖或陶瓷砖，施工方法如下：
Material requirements材料要求
Glazed tiles need to be free of cracks, spots, ripples, color imperfection and missing pattern when
viewed from 1 m distance.
釉面砖表面不能有裂纹、剥边、斑点、波纹、缺釉、图案缺陷等，距离面砖1m处目测无可见缺陷。
Process flow施工流程
不合格处理程序
不合格
Not OK?
The procedure for bad
quality
基层处理
Basement treatment
镶贴墙砖
选 砖
Choose ceramic
验 收
排砖弹线
set the lines
贴标准点
Set the reference point
勾 缝
Place the ceramic
清洗干净
Clean
返 工re-work
Inspection
成品保护
Protection
Seam by lime
Installation process施工工艺
Pattern arrangement, size of gaps need to be the same as design requirement. When laying
around equipment, the centerline under the equipments will be used to center bricks, pattern
needs to be mirror image around the equipment centerline.
内墙面砖镶贴排列形式根据设计图纸要求的图案、样式、品种和缝隙大小进行直缝排列或错缝排列
（第一块砖各行应有半砖），墙面如有设备的，应以设备下口中心线为准向两边对称排砖。
Surface has to be smoothed and free of dirt, cables, holes, windows and doors need to be sealed
and protected. Locations of pre installation have to be accurate to avoid interference.
做好墙面和柱面基层处理，内隔墙和水电管线，堵好管洞，装好门、窗扇，并用符合设计要求的材
料将门窗框与洞口缝隙堵严密实，做好门窗框及其他已装修完产品的保护，预埋设计位置要准确。
清理基层表面残存的灰尘、油污、凸出的杂物。
Arrange glaze tiles, set reference points and chalk lines according to design.
Rejected bricks can
be used to adjust the level of surface.
按图纸设计要求结合实际和釉面砖规格进行排砖、弹线，正式粘贴前应贴标准点，用废釉面砖加粘
贴剂粘贴在墙或柱上，用以控制整个粘贴釉面砖表面平整度。
Start installing glazed tiles from bottom up. Place glue on the back of the tiles and check the level
constantly. Gaps have to be the same through out. Excess glue has to be cleaned immediately.
Clean tiles after installation using cotton pads. After 1 – 2 days, use special glue to fill gaps,
clean tiles after completion.
第 71 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
粘贴釉面砖自下而上粘贴，釉面砖背面满刮釉面砖粘贴剂，要随时用靠尺检查平整度，随粘随检查，
同时要保证缝隙宽一致，柱面上墙面上直角处按设计要求拼角，粘贴时要随时擦掉砖缝中流出的粘
贴剂，粘贴完用棉丝擦净，等1～2天后用专用 填缝，砖面擦净。
Quality requirement质量要求
Tiles, installation, glue, gap filler have to meet design standard.
观察检查，检验产品合格证及现场材料验收记录、粘贴用料、嵌缝 要符合设计图纸要求。
Gaps between tiles have to be even. The color should be uniformed and installation have to be
packed.
釉面砖面板材之间缝隙均匀一致、填嵌密实、平直、颜色一致。
The special direction of the tiles has to correct for irregular parts and select the location of half tiles
properly.
特殊部位砖、块压向正确，非整砖使用部位适当，排列平直。
When tiling groups of columns, tiles should line up on the same line. When column and wall meet
at 45 degree angles, all angles must be cut properly to form a straight line.柱群中各柱位置正确，
纵横成行在同一直线上，当墙柱阳角呈45º对接时，角度正确，线条顺直。
Allowable tolerance and inspection method
允许偏差及检验方法
Surface evenness ≤ 2mm (use 2 m ruler for inspection)
表面平整≤2mm，（用2m靠尺、塞尺检查）
Vertical line ≤ 2mm (use 2 m plumb line)
立面垂直≤2mm，（用2m托线板检查）；
Suaveness of outer corners ≤ 2mm (use square ruler)
阳角方正≤2mm，（用方尺、塞尺检查）；
Horizontal gap match ≤ 2mm (use 5 m line)
接缝平直≤2mm，（用5m线检查）；
Vertical gap match ≤ 0.5mm (use straight edge)
接缝高低≤0.5mm，（用直尺、塞尺检查）；
Gap width ≤ 0.5 mm (use ruler)
接缝宽度≤0.5mm，（用尺检查）。
第 72 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
Section 3.9 Steel Structure work
第 3.9 节 钢结构施工方案
3.9.1 Fabrication of Steel Structure 钢结构加工
1) Technology and equipment of the factory 工厂结构主要技术、设备
Metal structure factory has state-of-the-art technology and imported automatic production line,
which includes ： computer controlled cutting machines, CNC flame cutting machines,
bending-dinking –sawing combined machine tools, multi-heads automatic cutting machines.
Laying off and cutting process avail advanced computer control techniques, and have the
advantage of high levels of automation, savings in materials, high degrees of processing and high
work efficiency.
金属结构厂技术装备先进，自动生产线备有：数控式切割机、CNC 火焰切割机、转冲锯、组合机订、
多头自动切割机。采用先进的计算机排料和切割，具有自动化程度高，节省材料，加工程度高、工
效高的特点。
We began producing welded H section steel over ten years ago, therefore our factory has
accumulated rich experience and now boasts a special technical team engaged in professional
and theory studies of welding, a welding technique development research laboratory,
nondestructive inspection laboratory and a set of experienced welding engineers and
nondestructive inspection engineers, of whom two have class 1 qualifications.
焊接 H 型钢已有十多年的历史，积累了丰富的经验，有一批从事焊接专业和理论研究的专业技术人
员和焊接技术开发研究实验室及无损检测试验室以及一批有丰富经验的焊接工程师和无损检测师，
其中有一级资质的人。
XXXXXXXXXXXX has imported a modern CNC plank washing-drilling-sawing machine, which can
wash or drill holes with diameter 40 mm and flame cutting machine. The machine is capable of
drilling 30 holes per minute, with speed of fixing position at 10m per minute. And it can process
various H type, angle type, regular type steel with 80~1200 in length, 500mm in width and 500mm
in thickness. It commands high efficiency, processing 7000mm per minute. It has high degrees of
precision and boring rate for high and strong bolt at conjunction surface of steel structure can
achieve 98~100%. In addition, its handling is easy and efficient.
我公司引进了现代化的 CNC 板材冲、钻锯机床以及火焰切割机，冲、钻孔径为直径 40mm。每分钟
钻孔数为 30，定位速度 10m/min，可加工高 80~1200mm，宽 500mm，厚度 500mm 的各种 H 型
钢、角钢、方钢等带锯加工效率高，其每分钟为 7000mm。具有加工精度高的特点，钢结构连接面
高强螺栓孔的穿孔率可达 98~100%。此外操作简便效率高。
Surface treatment technology of steel structure is an important link of steel structure protection.
Our company’s metal factory owns large stand shot blasting machines with modern technical
level that can handle components with 24m in length, 1.5m in width, and 2.5m in hight. And it has
such advantages as high efficiency, low cost, no pollution and good work conditions. The maximal
components the machine can handle would reach 30tons. Furthermore, we own entire sets of
steel structure machining equipment and nondestructive inspection equipment such as: levelers
with seven rolls, 1000-ton hydraulic pressure machining machines, levelers dealing with H type,
bending machines with three and four rolls, cutting machines and folding machines.
钢结构表面处理工艺是钢结构防护的重要环节。我公司金属结构拥有现代工艺技术水平的大型立式
抛丸机，可处理工件尺寸为：长 24m、宽 1.5m、高 2.5m，最大工件重量可达 30 吨。具有效率高、
成本低、不污染环境、劳动条件好的优点。此外还具七辊矫直机，1000t 液压压力加工机、H 机钢
矫直机、三和四辊卷板机以及剪板机，折边机等比较齐全的钢结构加工成套设备和无损探伤检测设
备。
第 73 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
2) The technological process 工艺流程图
提出备料计划
材料检查
施工详图
图纸审核
材料矫直
表面预处理
放样
编制工艺卡
号料
划线钻孔
检查
切割下料
组装
坡口加工
焊接
NDT
矫正加工
检查
总装
焊接
矫正加工
NDT
预拼装
精度检验
除锈
涂装
编号
包装发运
第 74 页
成品检验
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
Advance blank plan
Material inspection
Shop drawing
Drawing Auditing
Material leveling
Surface
Lofting
Set craft card
pretreatment
Evaluation
Line and drill
Inspection
Cutting
Assembly
Groove machining
Welding
NDT
Rectification
Inspection
Assembly
Welding
Rectification
NDT
Preassembly
Precision
Inspection
Polishing
Packing
Numbering
Packing and delivery
第 75 页
Product inspection
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
3) Welding techniques of H-shaped steel column and beams H 型截面钢柱和钢梁的焊接工艺
技术
There are a great number of workshops and beams of H section in this steel structure project. The
fabrication techniques are illustrated as follows:
在本工程钢结构制作中主要有大量 H 截面的厂房和梁。其制作工艺流程见下框图：
翼板
气割大张板
刨坡口
拼接、 SAW
及检验
校正
气割长条
腹板
气割大张板
刨坡口
拼接、SAW
及检验
校正
连接板件
下料
平整
加工
编号
气割长条
校正
校正
反变形校正
刨边加工
气割两端或
端面铣削
装成工字形后 SAW 及检验
变形校正处理
端面加工 侧面或底面顶紧
划线冲眼套模配钻孔
装配检查
除锈
检查
油漆
成品
第 76 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
Flange
Air-cutting of large plate
Making the sloping
Connecting SAW
And inspecting
correction
Air-cutting of long slab
Web
Air-cutting of large plate
Making the sloping
Connecting SAW
And inspecting
Rectifying
Connection plate
Cutting stock
Unknitting
Fabricating
Numbering
Air-cutting of long slab
rectifying
Rectification
Anti-deformation rectification
Deformation
Digging the border
Air-cutting the ends or milling
the end faces
SAW and inspecting after forming the H-style
Machining the end face，flank and underside put
Lining drilling setting mode land match the
d ill
Clearing the dust
Assembling and inspection
Polishing
inspecting
painting
Finished product
第 77 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
4) Preparation for Fabrication 准备
Carefully read the drawings for fabrication and related data of construction to judge
If the requirements for the workshop fabrication are satisfied.
仔细阅读制作图及相关施工资料，确认是否满足工厂制作要求和条件。
Work out the technical schemes of component fabrication and working procedures
( including assembling, welding, inspecting, painting and packaging techniques);
编制构件制作工艺方案及工艺工序卡（包括拼装工艺、焊接工艺、检测工艺、涂装工艺和包装工艺）；
Provide models, implements and template of various standard sizes and check them according to
the requirements.
准备好各种规格尺寸的胎具、器具和样板（杆）并按要求进行检查；
Examine job qualifications of the producers and make them aware of the fabricating techniques;
对制作人员进行上岗资格考核和制作工艺交底：
Make reasonable arrangements of labor and time according to the consignment date in the
contract and the schedule table of the construction.
依据合同规定的交付期限及安装施工进度表，合理安排劳力和时间计划。
5) Inspection of the Steel Material 钢材检验
Check the quality certificate of the steel products provided by the suppliers and the test report of
the manufacturers. Counter checks by the inspectors will be carried out if doubt regarding product
quality exists;
核对供货商提供的钢材产品质量证明书（合格书）以及厂商的出厂试验报告，若有疑义应会同检验
人员进行复验；
Check whether standard, size, amount and quality of the steel meet the drawings and the plan of
stock。Any substitution of the material must be certified by the inspectors in writing;
核对供应的钢材的规格、尺寸、数量、材质等是否与图纸和备料计划（预算）相符。材料的代用必
须征得监理的书面认可。
Eye check whether the scathe of the steel surface, deformation and rust are so severe as to
disqualify them for use and strictly
prohibit the unqualified products
from entering the stock;
目视（着色检验 P.T）钢材表面损伤、
变形和锈蚀情况是否严重不合格，严
禁不合格品入库；
Welding materials and painting
materials should be checked
according to the requirements.
They should be protected against
rain, moisture and fire in the
storeroom. And they should not be
mixed up with other materials.
焊接材料和涂装材料应按有关要求进
行检验，入库后应防雨、防潮、防火和防止混放。
6) Stack of The Steel 钢材堆放
The steel should be so stacked as to minimize deformation and rusting. And space should be
第 78 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
arranged for convenient reaching.
钢材堆放应尽量减少其变形和锈蚀，同时也要留出间隔，以便取用。
The rear of the steel section should be upward or outward when stacked in open air.
露天堆放应尽量使钢材截面的背面向上或向外。
Each stack of the material should be painted at the end to mark the name of the material; And the
size, member number, quantity and the certification of the steel should be shown on a card located
at both ends of the member to avoid misuses.
每堆堆好的型材，要在其端部截面上用油漆示别材料材质；在每堆钢材的两端处用标牌示出所放钢
材的规格、钢号、数量和材质检验证明书号等，以便取用时不致弄错。
7) Laying-out, lining and cutting 放样、划线与切割
The shop drawings should be carefully checked before cutting stock and the fabrication
techniques of the structure
must be made clear.
Important nodes should be laid
out by real size(1:1) for
calibrating.
放样前应仔细核对施工图，并 明
确结构的加工制作工艺要求， 重
要的节点应放实样（1：1）来 对
尺寸进行校核。
In laying-out and marking, surplus should be reserved in advance according to the requirements of
the techniques, and marking on the plant material should indicate the gauge line for checking and
the datum line of the holes. The piece number and quantity should be clearly painted on the
marked material;
放样和号料，应根据工艺的需要予留加工余量，在板材上号料应标出检查基准线和孔的规孔线，号
完料上应清楚的用油漆注明件号、数量；
Errors of the measurement should be controlled within the following ranges:
划线号料所使用的量具，其误差应控制在下表资料内：
第 79 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
The H model steel whose length is more than 8M its armor plate should be spliced. Therefore, the
short armor plate should be spliced in advance, and the bending and injury of the welding line
should be rectified and inspected before the material is cut down according to the template and
assembled;
对制作长度超过 8M 以上的 H 型钢时，需对钢板作横向对接，因此应该先将短钢板拼接（对接焊接），
经矫平和焊缝探伤检测后。再按样板下料组合拼
装；
All kinds of datum lines, center lines and
machining lines should be marked, all kinds of
shear lines should be marked by chisels, and
cutting stock figs should be marked with the
combination indices, relative locations, and
directions.
各种基准线、中心线和加工线应打上样冲印，各种切断线应打上凿子印，放样图上应标出组合（或
配合）标记及相关的位置、方向标号。
Cutting stock of the flange and web of H profiled bar should meet the arrange-material-figure.
Workers should use CNC computer-controlled incise-machines to cut stock on the steam lines
according to the arranging-material-figure; spelling is not allowed for heat-rolled profiled bat and its
cutting stock will not be sheared until it is arranged by computers.
H 型钢的翼板、腹板的下料均采用排料图配料，制作人员应根据排料图，对照下料清单在流水线上
用 CNC 数控切割机切割下料；热轧型钢不允许拼接，其下料需经计算机统一排料后统一切割。
Shearing machines are used for the steel plate less than 12MM thick; air-cutting is used to cut
steel plates more than 13MM thick. The following step will not be taken until burr and filth of the
surface are cleared.
钢板厚度小于 12mm 的采用剪板机下料切割；厚度大于 13MM 的采用气体切割方法下料，钢板对接
前一定要清理毛刺、飞边及表面污物后才能进行下一道工序。
8) Assembling 组合拼装
第 80 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
Connection surface and the location within 30-50MM from the edge of the welding should be
cleared, and the rust, burr and filth should be cleared before H profile bar was assembled. To
check conveniently during assembling, locating datum line of the flange should be marked.
H 型钢的组合拼装前应对连接表面及焊接边缘 30-50MM 范围内进行清理并将铁锈、毛刺和油污清
楚干净，然后在翼板上分别标出腹伴定位基准线
便于组装时核查。
First the web is laid out on model utensil and
then flange is erected on the frame of the model;
Then locate one of the flange with a clamp and
then stick tightly in horizontal direction from the
other flange until the flange and web are stuck
tightly. Finally measure the uprightness of the
two plate with a square. Locate it by SMAW after
being qualified. The sequences of assembling arrange from center to
the ends or from one end to the other end. Technique bar should be added for
support to avoid the deformation of the angle when the height is larger than 800MM.It should be
cut away during welding.
先把腹板平放在胎具上，然后分别把翼板竖放在靠模架上；先用夹具固定好一块翼缘板，再从另一
块翼缘板的水平方向向顶紧直至翼腹板贴紧，最后用 90 度角尺测其两板组合垂直度，合格后用手工
电弧焊（SMAW）方法定位。装配顺序从中心向两面组装或由一端向另一端组装。H>800MM 时应
加撑工艺杆防止角变形，焊接中再切掉。
9) Preparing for the slope 坡口制备
第 81 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
The slope of partial penetration should be voided in designing the weld slope. The assembly gap
between the components should be miminized. For bio-intensity filled, the size of welding line
usually should be 1/2-3/4 of the height of the plate
在设计焊接坡口（对接或角焊缝坡口）时，应避免采用只能局部焊透的坡口形式；接头的装配间隙
应尽量小；对于等强度角焊缝，焊脚尺寸通常为板厚的 1/2-3/4。
X 型坡口
V 型坡口
单边坡口
T 型接头
Slopes should be formed by mechanical method or prepared by precise incision in order to meet
the requirements of the assembling gap and welding techniques.
坡口一律用机械方法加工或用精密切割制备以确保工艺规定装配间隙和焊接要求。
Before SAW and SMAW, the rust and filth on the connecting point should be cleared by
oxygen-ethine flame and it is required to show up the luster original to the metal; the surface that
potentially can be reached by the liquids from welding should be cleared too.
在 SAW+SMAW 前，应用氧-乙炔火焰接口部位的表面锈斑、油污等吹烤干净，要求露出金属本色
光泽；对焊接中溶液流出可能接触到的钢材表面也应清理干净。
The size of the slope and the joint should be carefully checked to ensure absence of error after the
process is finished.
加工坡口和拼装接头后应一一检查测量确认坡口和接头尺寸及位置无误.
10) Welding 焊接
A：For the horizontal weld line, if the thickness of the plate is less than 6MM, slopes are not
necessary. In this case, spare the gap and inspect the fault and then weld by SMAW; If the
第 82 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
thickness of the plate is more than 6MM,V-shaped or X-shaped slope is needed. Multiple welding
of SMAW and SAW can be adopted after inspection. Its welding process is as follows:
对于拼接的横向对接焊缝，板厚在 6MM 以下的可不开坡口，留出间隙并检查错位后即可采用手工
电弧焊（SMAW）焊接；板厚大于 6MM 的开 V 形或 X 形坡口经检查后采用手工电弧焊和埋弧焊
（SMAW+SAW）多道焊接，其焊接工艺是：
Inspect the quality of the slop and assembling.
检查坡口加工和装配质量；
Clear the filth and oxide located within 30MM from the both sides of the slop and showing up the
luster of the metal;
清理坡口内外两侧 30MM 内的油锈、氧化皮等污物并露出金属光泽；
Use E4015 for back covering and rendering welding rode, and it should be dried by 350-400C/2h
before use;
封底及打底焊条选用 E4015（Q235 材质），使用前应进行 350 度—400 度/2H 烘干。
Clear the filth and oxide of the welding rode surface;
清理焊丝表面油锈、氧化皮等污物。
B：For the fillet of the up and bottom flange and T-shaped connecting web, it is not necessary to
make slop if the thickness of the plate is less than 16mm. Assemble on the model utensil and
check the quality before using SAW to weld. Its welding process is as follows:
对于 T 形连接的腹板与上下翼板的角焊缝，板厚在 16MM 以下的可不开坡口，组装在胎具上并检查
合格后可采用双丝单面焊双面成形自动埋弧焊（SAW），其焊接工艺是：
Weld the anchor point(SMAW can be used)after inspecting the quality of the assembling;
检查组合装配质量后进行定位点焊（可采用 SMAW）；
Clear the filth and rust located within 30-50mm from the joint and let the metal show up its luster;
清理接头处 30-50mm 范围内的油污和锈皮等污物并露出金属光泽。
Clear the filth and rust of the weld thread and coil it in order;
清理焊丝上的油污和锈斑并盘绕整齐；
Solder should be dried for 1-2h(250-300C)before use; solder should be kept clean during supply
and callback; the solder should not be kept for more than one night while in use;
焊剂在使用前应烘 1-2H（250 度—350 度）；焊剂在补给或回收使用过程中应保持干净；焊剂在使
用中放置的时间不能隔夜；
Both anchor welding and formal welding must be conducted by certified workers according to the
norm of welding and requirements needed for the technique.
不论是定位焊接还是正式焊接，均必须由具有有效焊接合格资格的电焊人员按照选定的焊接规范和
工艺要求施焊；
The components should be in ship-shaped position during welding. Use double-thread and
double-machine welding, preposition being the DC automatic submerge-arc machine, and
postposition being AC welding machine.
焊接时工件应处于船型位置，采用纵向排列的双丝双机焊接，前置为直流反接的自动埋弧焊机，后
置为交流焊机。
第 83 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
焊接规范参数为：
The parameters of the welding norm:
焊 丝 直 径 (Diameter of the
welding thread)：4-5MM
焊接电流(Current of the
welding)
：
650-700A（直流反
接）
电弧电压(Voltage of the electricity)：32-36V
焊接速度(Speed of the welding)：25-28M/h
送丝速度(Thread-delivery speed)：83-95M/h
焊丝伸出长度(Spread length of the welding thread)：30-45MM
焊接顺序如下图所示：
Welding sequence is illustrated in the following table:
Mechanical or air incising is used in the incision of the leading-arc plate and end tab. It is
prohibited to use hand-hammer to knock it out.
焊接后对引弧板和引出板（END TAB）处理采用机械切割或气体切割，禁止用手锤敲打掉落。
制孔 Fabricating the hole
（1）平面数控钻床加工 Fabricating by flat digital-control drilling machine tool
采用平面数控钻床加工：所有连接板、加劲板、套模板均采用数控平面钻进行钻孔。
Fabricating by flat digital-control drilling machine tool: all the gussets and stiffners will be fabricated
第 84 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
by flat digital-control drilling machine tool.
（2）采用三维数控钻钻孔 Fabricating by three-dimension digital control drilling machine
对于截面高度在 1000mm 以下的 H 型钢可采用三维数控钻床进行钻孔。
To the H shape steel whose section height is lower than 1000mm, it can be fabricated by
three-dimension digital control drilling machine
用三维钻钻孔，孔与孔之间的误差可以控制在 0.1mm 以内，孔群之间的误差可以控制在 0.2mm
以内。
By using three-dimension digital control drilling machine, the torlance between each hole can be
limited within 0.1mm. The total torlance between the holes group can be controlled within 0.2mm.
（3）采用套模钻孔 Fabricating by model plate
对于三维钻和平面钻无法钻的孔或孔群必须采用套钻的方法进行，套模板的制作方法如下方法
如下：
To the holes which can not be drilled by the machine, the method of module must be used and the way of
making module is as follows:
根据图纸上的孔径到专业厂家采购经过淬火等工艺处理的成品套模，套模内径尺 寸的误差必
须控制在 0～+0.3mm 以内。
Professional factory will be responsible for making the module by the quenching after they get the
diameter of the holes on the drawings. The torlance of the hole’s diameter must be controlled within
0～+0.3mm.
根据图纸上的孔群的多少、间距和相应套模的外径尺寸，采用数控平面钻钻孔，做出模板。
According to the numbers of the holes on the drawings and dimension ofthe holes and modules, the
modules can be made by the digital control drilling machine.
把套模装进模板并测量孔距，孔距合格后，把套模与模板点焊牢固，以防使用过程中松动。
The modules will be put into the templates. Then they will be welded together after the dimension
of the holes are proven to be qualified. So the rod will not shake when using.
在构件的钻孔部位划好线后，把套模板装好，再用摇臂钻或者磁力钻钻孔。
After lineating in the drilling position, the template will be fixed. Then the drilling machine will be
used to drill the plate.
第 85 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
钻头
套模
钻头
（4）制孔要求 Requirement to Making the Hole
高强螺栓应自由穿入螺栓孔，检查时凡量规不能通过的孔，必须经过施工图编制单位同意后，
方可进行扩钻或补焊后重新钻孔。扩钻后的孔径不得大于原设计孔径 2.0mm，补焊时应用与母材力
学性能相同的焊材补焊，严禁用钢块填塞。每组孔中经补焊重新钻孔的数量不得超过 20%。
The high strength bolt should be inserted into the hole without any differenties. To any holes which are not suitable for the
bolt, it will be drilled again or enlarged only after being ratified by the designers. The new new diameter should not be
larger than the original diameter than 2.0mm. The welding material must have the same mechanics features with mother
material. And filling the steel plate is strictly forbidden. The percentage of the holes which are drilled again should not
exceed by 20%.
高强螺栓孔不应采用气割扩孔，扩孔数量应征得设计的同意，扩孔的孔径不应超过 1.2d（d 为
螺栓直径）。
The high strength hole should not be enlarged by gas cutting. The number of holes to be enlarged should be ratified by the
designers. The diameter of the hole should not exceed 1.2d. (d means the diameter of the bolt.)
检查数量：被扩螺栓孔全数检查。Checking number: all the holes which are enlarged.
检查方法：观察检查及用卡尺检查。Inspectiong method: by seeing by eyes and callipers.
高强度螺栓孔孔径允许偏差应符合下表的规定。
The tolerance allowed for the high strength bolt hole is as follows:
检查数量：按构件的数量抽查 10%，且不应少于 3 件。
Checking number: 10% of total steel pieces and not exceed 3 pieces
检验方法：用游标卡迟或孔径量规检查。Inspectiong method: by gauges or callipers.
螺栓孔距的允许偏差应符合下表的规定:
The tolerance allowed for the distance between holes is as follows:
螺栓孔孔距允许偏差 The tolerance allowed for the distance between holes
项
目 Item
螺栓孔距（mm）Distance between the bolts
第 86 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
检查数量：按构件的数量抽查 10%，且不应少于 3 件。
Checking number: 10% of total steel pieces and not exceed 3 pieces
检查方法：用钢尺进行检查。Inspectiong method: by steel bent ruler
螺栓孔距的偏差超过允许值时，应采用与母材材质相匹配的焊条补焊后重新制孔。
If the torlance exceed the torlance allowed, the welding material with the same charicristics will be
used to weld and make the holes again.
检查数量：补焊后的孔全数检查。Inspectiong number : inspecting all the holes
检查方法：观察检查。Inspectiong method: by seeing
11)Blasting and Coating 装涂
After successful general examination, the surface treatment of steel structure is proceeded.
经过总装检验合格后进行钢结构的表面处理。
The degree of steel surface’s processing should be shot blasted up to Sa2 classes, the
coarseness of surface should be 45~65μm, and contrast check can be used in shot blasting.
构件表面处理经喷丸除锈应达到 Sa2 级以上，表面粗糙度达 45～65μm，喷丸除锈结果可采用比照
法检验。
第 87 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
After shot blasting, the remaining rust dust and milling material should be cleaned with brush. The
primer of red lead alkyd should be painted twice after 6 hours of de-rusting (the interval should be
up to 24 hours)。 The construction of spaying should be handled by eligible workers according to
the provisions of build firefighitng.
喷丸除锈后应用毛刷等工具将残留在表面喷丸后积聚的锈尘和残余磨料清扫干净。然后在除锈完成
后 6 小时内涂刷底漆（两道间隔 24ｈ以上）。 喷涂施工须由经审定合格的人员按《建设防火规定》
的有关要求操作。
The specialties of coatings (besides variety and type) and number of coats are determined by
design department and out of the charge of construction department, and all the coatings and
mixing agent should be available with check out certificate and explanation document.
涂料（包括防火涂料）种类、品种、型号及涂装工程和涂层数应由设计部门确定，施工单位不能任
意自决或代用、混用、购买涂料及配料（稀释剂等）必须要有出厂合格证明书和说明书。
The correct airless-spray method should be applied.
必须采用地气喷涂法，且采用正确的方法涂装。
Spraying can not be processed in the environment of rain and polluted indoors.
不准在雨中喷涂，如在室内则应无其它污染影响。
After spraying, the thickness of wet film should be inspected with instrument of wet film in time in
order to control the thickness of dry film and quality of film. To qualify, the thickness of dry film must
be at least 90% of total designed thickness, with minimum places of 3 a member.
涂装后的湿膜厚度应采用湿膜仪器及时检测以便对以后的干膜厚度和漆腊质量进行预控，干膜厚度
应达到设计要求的总厚度的 90%以上为合格，每个构件至少应检查三处。
The following places are forbidden to be sprayed:
下列部位禁止涂装
the friction connection surface of high strength bolt
高强度螺栓摩擦结合面
the places to be welded on site, the 100mm thermal influenced areas at both sides
the places indicated as no coating in design
现场待焊接的部位、相邻两侧各 100mm 的热影响区以及控伤检查区域。设计上已注明不涂装的部
位。
3.9.2 Delivery 发运
After inspection and the representative of owner signs on site, finished products of steel structure
should be packed and marked according to bidding documents.
经过检查并经业主现场代表签字确认后的钢结构制成品，应按投标资料上的要求进行包装和标记。
第 88 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
A. Finished products should be marked obviously with the number of members with paint (besides
the number of drawing) by spraying figures and symbols.
对于制作好的成品，应用油漆明显标注构件号（包括图号），方法是喷刷数字或符号。
B. A-Direction and K-line should be marked in order to facilitate assembly.
还应标注 A 向、K 列等标识方便安装时的方向辨别。
C. For the members whose sections are over 400mm, or weight over 5 tons, or length over 6
meters, the center should be marked.
对于吊运截面大于 400mm，或单件重量大于 5t，单件长度大于 6m 的构件应标注中心位置；
D. For the marked members, tag should be used to indicate the contents of the members, such as
the name of project, the number of contract, the number of members, the number of boxes, the
size of profile, the net weight, the gross weight, the site of origin、 the port of arrival、 the receiver、
the date of manufacturing and insurance, and the listing should be attached to the package box.
对于标记的构件还应用标签（标牌）方法注明构件的有关内容。如工程名称、合同号、唛头号、构
件编号、箱号、外廓尺寸、净重、毛重、始发地点、到达港口、收货单位、制造厂商及发运日期等，
在箱装构件上还应附有随箱清单。
E. The packing method depends on the molding state of members, the sizes of profiles and the
classifications. And the following needs to be taken into consideration:
包装方法按构件成型状态、外形尺寸及分类考虑，其包装应注意以下几点：
The timber box should be fast
and rainproof. Sleepers to
sustain the weight of timber
box should be available. Both
sides of sleepers should be
chopped in cant, and the
weight should not generally
exceed 3 tons.
木箱箱体要牢固、防雨，要留有
下方铲车孔及承受木箱总重的
枕木。枕木两端要切成斜面、重
量一般不超过 3t。
The four surfaces of steel
frame box should be welded
with suspending aures, with
the weight not more than 5 tons.
钢架箱外面四周应焊有吊耳，重量一般不超过 5t。
Steel pillow should be under the packed cargo; the weight of installation should not generally
exceed 10 tons and 3 tons for steel pipes and pipe frames.
捆扎货物下部必须有钢制垫条，吊装重量一般不应超过 10t，对于钢管及管架不应超过 3t。
The tag should be attached on the member, and the tag should be hung on both sides of every
第 89 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
bundle and should be packed with plastic paper.
随箱标牌应系在构件上，没捆上应自在两端处分别挂上标牌并应塑料纸包裹。
The gusset plate should be wrested to the member with temporary bolts.
与钢梁连接的节点板应用临时螺栓拧在构件螺孔上。
Special Measures of protection should be taken in order to avoid distortion and scathe of paint
during transportation (such as rubber bar).
捆扎构件在运输时必须注意采取防止变形和油漆损伤的保护措施（如橡 皮条）。
The maximal size and weight of packing should not exceed 3.2wm×16Lm×2.8Hm×20t.
包装最大尺寸和重量不应超过 3.2wm×16Lm×2.8Hm×20t.
The members of the same drawing number and the same position should be packed in the same
box by priority.
同一图号或同一部位的构件尽可能包装在同一箱号.
The signature of supervisor should be available before issue.
发运前必须经监理认可签字确认。
b. While issuing, the following documents should be handed over to construction department for
checking and approval.
发运出厂时，应随同附带下列有效资料交施工单位验收。
Check out quality certificate of finished products;
构件制成品出厂质量证明书（合格证）；
The reports of inspection offered by provider;
供货商提供的经验报告和检查报告书；
The records of installation;
予装记录
The construction drawings of design and documents about modification;
设计修改部分施工图及修改文件书；
The Listing of issue (Listed by batch of transportation);
发运构件的清单（按运输批量列出）
The test data of slip resistance coefficient of high strength bolts’ contact surface and
experimental materials prepared to be checked on site.
高强度螺栓连接面抗滑移系数的实测资料以及供现场复检用的备用的试验材料。
第 90 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
3.9.3Main steel structure lifting 主钢构吊装
本工程施工总思路及选用机械
General idea of the project and the machine will be used
施工总体思路 General idea of the construction job
分区施工
流水作业 —— 施工部署
Working different Area and Work in Workflow -------- Arrangement in Construction
主体先行，次体随后 —— 施工程序
Main job will be done at first then the other jobs -------- the Sequence of the Construction
统筹管理，协调配合 —— 施工管理
Management in General and Corporate with Each Other-------Management in Construction
质量工期，安全完成 —— 施工目标
Ensuring the Quality and Schedule and finishing it in safe ------ Target in Construction
分区施工，流水作业 Working different Area and Work in Workflow
本工程钢结构施工分项多，因此我们将本工程按构件进场时间，按照业主划分的施工区域分区
施工，选用一台 QY50 型 50 吨汽车吊、两台 QY25 型 25 吨汽车吊和两台 QY16 型 16 吨汽车吊进行
钢结构及其维护结构的卸车、拼装和吊装。施工机械按照工程施工进度需求先后进场。
There is a small items in this project so we divide this section as to different areas to fulfill the construction
job according to the schedule of steel pieces’ coming into the site. A QY50 crane of 50 tons, two QY25
crane of 25 tons and anther two QY16 crane of 16 ton will work in steel structure and steel decking
unloading, assembly and installation. The cranes will come into the site according to the situation.
主体先行，次体随后 Main job will be done at first then the other jobs
我公司根据以往类似工程的施工经验，我们将按照一下顺序对该项目进行安装：针剂灌装厂房
钢结构安装、仓库钢结构安装、管架钢结构安装、公共站房安装、其他子项及次结构的安装。在施
工过程中即可按照主体先行，次体随后的施工程序进行组织，使各专业、工种搭接有序，整个工程
组织及现场管理有条有理。
According to our experience in past projects, the installation of the project will be performed as following
sequence: Packing frame structure, Warehouse frame structure, Pipe rack, Central utilities & genset bldg
and some other items and sub structure. During the construction job, the main job will be done at first then
the small ones. And different professions and job will be overlapped in sequence and cooperate with each
other well. So the whole construction management will be good in the job.
统筹管理，协调配合 Management in General and Corporate with Each Other
对现场员工统一管理、集中安排。公司组建总经理担任总指挥部，并对现场项目部宏观调控。
我们将积极配合各专业施工，确保本工程按质按量如期完工。
SBC will form the “SBC Suzhou Lilly Project Department”, which will stay on the site and to guide the
personnel on site and make the relative arrangement. The general manager of our company will be the
captain of the department and give a general guide. SBC will cooperate with others to do the job and ensure
that this project will be finished within schedule and quality.
第 91 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
质量工期，安全完成 Ensuring the Quality and Schedule and finishing it in safety
我们将严格按照 ISO14000、ISO18000 和 ISO19001 三合一管理体系进行整合，提出质量、职业
健康安全、环境管理二十八字方针，“节约资源、保护环境、珍视员工安康、诚信守法、超越自我，
铸造时代精品”，给业主和员工满意答卷。
SBC will strictly obey the principles of ISO14000、ISO18000 and ISO19001 to give the guideline in HSE
as follows: “ Saving the resource, Protecting the environment, Cherishing the health of the workers, Being
honest and obeying the law, Super oneself and making the excellent project of times.” SBC will give a
satisfied project to the Owner and the workers.
钢结构安装流程 Installation Workflow in Steel Structure
成品构件
分类检验
按吊装顺序
运至现场堆放
项目部组建
前 期 准 备
轴 线 复 测
柱 底 放 线
吊装机具进场
构件组装
厂房结构安装
走道、楼梯安装
收 尾 清 理
竣 工 验 收
第 92 页
安全设施搭设
压型板安装
零星构件安装
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
Steel Piece’s
Check
Steel Piece to site
Project Depart
Preparation Job
Setting out and
check
Cranes to Site
Assembly
Workshop steelstructure erection
Walkway , ladder
HSE facility
Decking erection
Small Piece
Punch List
Acceptance
选用机械性能 The Used Machine’s Performance
本工程主要选用选用了 QY50 型 50 吨汽车吊、QY25 型 25 吨汽车吊和 QY16 型 16 吨汽车吊。
这些大型吊装设备的吊装工况如下：
The QY50 crane of 50 ton, QY25 ton of 25 ton and QY16 crane of 16 ton will be mainly used I this project.
The performance of the machines are as follows:
QY50 型 50 吨汽车吊 QY50 Crane of 50 Ton
工作幅度（m）
主吊臂长度 Length of the Main Boom (m)
Working Radius
16
21
27
33
第 93 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
QY25 型 25 吨汽车吊 QY25 Crane of 25 ton
QY16 型 16 吨汽车吊 QY16 Crane of 16 tons
现场钢结构安装的测量方案 The Measuring Plan of the Steel Structure Installation on Site
针对本工程规则性，我们采用矩形方格网，制定出详细而周密的测绘方案，用正确而实际的测
第 94 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
量方法以及高精度仪器，尽可能减少测量误差，来测定、核实、控制施工中的每一个步骤和环节，
使其各项技术指标均达到国家标准，为此特制定如下测绘方案：
According to the features of this project, SBC will make grid to make a detailed measuring plan.
Meanwhile, SBC will use the best measuring facility and excellent measuring method to reduce the error to
control and measure every step of the project and construction job. So every step of the job can meet the
Chinese National standard. So now SBC make the measuring plan as follows:
在开工前，测量和技术人员要充分熟悉图纸，熟悉本施工组织设计各安装环节，各关键工序的
施工顺序、步骤及安装方法，掌握和牢记厂区控制网点的布置（由相关测绘部分提供）；
Before the job, the technicians and measuring personnel should be familiar the drawings totally and be
familiar with the steps of the installation job. And they should also be familiar with the sequence and
method the installation job. They should keep the location of the each working site into their heart.
(Relative data will be offered by special personnel)
开工前就对所用测量器具及量具进行全面检查和校核，所有的测量器具、量具必须有计量检定
的手续。
Before the job, all measuring facilities and other relative equipment will get full check and verified. All the
facility and equipment should have relative procedures.
复测内容 Content of Recheck
首先根据控制网检查桩基础的行列线的定位情况。
Checking the location of the foundation according to the grid
各行、列线是否在同一轴线上。
Making sure that if every foundation in on the same line
各行距、列距是否符合设计要求。
Making that if the distance between the foundation is according to the specification
基础的底平面标高。
The elevation of the foundation
柱基础标高的测定 Measuring to the Foundation of the Column
砼墩坐标高，以每根柱肩向下至底的实数与设计尺寸之差。
To the elevation of the foundation, the difference between the design and the shoulder of the column will be
taken.
柱子垂直控制测量 Measuring to the Straightness of the Column
柱子垂直度是保证上部桁架钢结构符合设计要求的重要参数，因此控制柱子的垂直度便显得尤
为重要。在桁架结构施工前，应按下列方法对钢架进行测量复核、控制。
The straightness of the column is very important data because it concerns if the truss structure will comply
with the requirement of the design. So this data must be checked carefully. Before the construction to the
truss, the following method will be used to check the steel frame and control the straightness.
（1）在两条互相垂直的轴线上(或两条互相垂直的方向上)分别安置经纬仪，仪器与柱子的距离不小
第 95 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
于柱高的 1.5 倍。
In the cross-section of two axes (90 angel) or two directions which is 90 angel to each other, the
theodolites will be set. The distance between the facility and the column will not be less than 1.5
times to the height of the column.
（2）先瞄准柱子下部已标注的中线标志，再扬起望远镜进行观测，如经纬仪的竖丝始终与柱子中心
线重合，则说明柱子是垂直的，否则将进行重新定位。
At first, the target will be put on the bottom place of the column on which the centerline has been
put. Then the telescope will be used to observe the column. If the line in the equipment always has
the superposition with the column, it means the column is straight. If not, the column will be
relocated.
（3）实测柱顶的垂直度偏差，首先仰视柱子顶端的中心点，然后在俯视柱子底部中心点，若不重合，
则投设出一点，量取该点至柱底中心标志的距离，即是柱子的垂直偏差值。
The second step is to check the straightness of the column. Firstly, the technician will observe the
center point of the top of the column, then to observe the center point of the bottom place of the
column. If these two points does not have the superposition, the technician will make one point and
measure the distance between this point and the bottom of the column. This distance is the distance
of the difference in straightness.
（4）柱身垂直允许偏差：根据规范规定，当柱高≤10 米时，为±10 毫米，当柱高超过 10 米时，则为
柱高的 l/1000，但不得大于 20 毫米。(可根据设计要求达到更高的精度)
The tolerance allowed in the column: according to the specification, when the column is ≤10m, the
allowed tolerance will be 10mm. When the height of the column is above 10m, the allowed
tolerance will be l/1000, but should not exceed 20mm. ( More precision can be reached according to
the design’s requirement.)
（5）在对柱子复测结束后，需在柱顶上进行中心定位,作好十字线,标记鲜明，以便于屋架落位时对
位。
After the rechecking to the column, the centerline can be fixed again on the top of the column and
the cross line will be made. The signal of the cross line should be clear so it will be good for the roof
to put on its position.
（6）钢架和柱子垂直复测的注意事项：
The attention points in the steel frame and column’s rechecking:
用做柱子垂直校正的经纬仪，必须经过严格的检验和校正。因为在垂直控制时，往往只用盘左
或盘右，故仪器误差对测量结果影响较大。
To the theodolites which will be used to adjust the straightness of the column, it must get strict
checking and rectification. Since during the process of adjusting, only one condition will be used, so
the error in the facility will have a big impact on the result of the measuring.
第 96 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
柱子垂直校正时，注意检查是否柱子产生水平位移。
When adjusting to the column, what should be paid attention to is if the location of the column is
moved on the ground.
沉降观察测量 Measurement to Settlement
为真实反映建筑物在施工期间沉降的实际情况，预防和减少由于地基沉降变形引起建筑物损坏
和影响钢结构的安装精度，从而保证柱子、钢架、桁架的标高和平整度符合设计要求，根据本工程
的特点和地质情况需定期组织沉降观测。
To reflect the actual situation of settlement of the building during the process of construction, prevent and
reduce the negative influence to the precision of installation and strengthen to the building, and to make the
elevation and the flatness of the column, truss and frame comply with the requirement of the designing
specification, SBC will organize the observation to the settlement of the building according to the feature of
this project and the land.
（1）依据：工程测量规范 GB50026-2001 之相关规定。
Specification: Project Measurement Specification GB50026-2001
（2）在所施工区内分别建立 3 个稳固可靠的点作为沉降观测的基准点。
In the construction area, 3 stable points will be set as the observing points. They will be seemed to
be as the bench mark.
（3）根据设计单位对基础沉降的要求，工程地质情况和建筑特点确定沉降观测点的布置。应在建筑
物各轴线的柱子上设沉降观测点，并应便于观测。
According to the requirements from the designing institution to the settlement to the foundation and
the plan to the bench mark and the features of the project and the land, the observing points should
be set at the columns of the building by the axes. So the observation will be convenient.
（4）每次沉降观测时，宜符合以下要求：
To the observation at each time, the requirements as follows should be observed:
采用相同的路线和观测方法（采用环行闭合方法或往返闭合法），设置固定的置镜点与立尺
点。
The same way and method of observation should be taken (the closed circus way and round-way
method), the fixed bench mark points will be set.
仪器至标尺的距离，最长不超过 40m，每站的前后视距差不得大于 0.3m，前后视距累积差
不得大于 1m，基辅差不得超过 0.25m。
The distance between the equipment and the staff gauge should not exceed 40m and the distance
between the front and rear station should not exceed 0.3m. The accumulative distance should not
exceed 1m. The distance between the facilities and foundation should not exceed 0.25m.
在基本相同的条件和环境下工作。
The work should be done under the same situation and condition.
安排固定的观测人员。
The fixed observing personnel should be arranged.
使用同一仪器和设备。
The same equipment and facility should be used.
第 97 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
（5）沉降观测的时间和次数：一般第一次观测应在观测点安设稳固后及时进行，以后定期进行观测，
一般在 30 天左右。
The observing time and number of the settlement: after the facility in the benchmark is fixed by the
first time, the observation will be done. Then the observation will be done at the fixed time and
normally 30 days one time.
（6）在施工期间发生不均匀沉降或较大沉降量时，应会同设计单位、监理单位、质量监督部门共同
分析原因，确定解决措施和方案。
If there is unequal settlement or big settlement during the construction period, the designers, the
supervisors and the quality-control department should meet together to analyze the cause and
discuss the way to fix the problems.
（7）沉降观测资料的整理和保存：
Collecting the Document of Settlement and Keeping:
根据水准点测量得出各测点的高程、每次沉降量和累计沉降量，并填写好沉降观测成果表。绘
制建筑物沉降观测点平面位置布置图。
According to the settlement data from the benchmark, the settlement in each time and the accumulative
settlement, the relative sheet will be filled in. And the settlement plan for the building area will be made.
测量精度主要保证措施 Main Measurement to ensure the precision of the Measurement
（1）仪器定期进行检验校正，确保仪器在有效期内使用，在施工中所使用的仪器必须保证精度的要
求。
The facility should be checked and revised at the fixed time and ensure that the facility will be used
in the valid period. The equipment used should be precise enough to make sure to meet the
requirements of the project.
（2）各控制点应分布均匀，并定期进行复测，确保控制点的精度。
The arrangement of the controlling points should be equal, and the points should be checked in fixed
time and the precision should be controlled.
（3）施工中放样应有必要的检核，保证其准确性。
There should be necessary check during the setting out in the construction so the precision of the
construction should be ensured.
（4）根据施工区的地质情况、通视情况对测量方法进行优化，并尽量在外界条件较好的情况下进行
测量。
According to the land’s situation of the construction area, the measurement should be optimized
according to the actual situation. And the measurement should be done in a good condition.
工程测量所需质量记录 The Quality Record in the Construction Measurement
测量控制点成果表 measurement controlling points sheet
水平角观测记录手簿 Leveling angel observing recording sheet
水准测量观测手簿 leveling measurement-observing sheet
工程测量定位记录 construction measuring and position fixing recoding
第 98 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
中线测设成果 centerline position sheet
定位、中线测设检查成果表 position fixing and centerline testing and checking sheet
定位、中线测设检查成果表 position fixing and centerline testing and checking sheet
沉降观测成果 observing recording in settlement
钢结构厂房安装 Workshop frame steel structure installation
钢结构厂房安装流程 The installation flow for workshop frame steel structure
针对本项目的特点，我们选取相采用两台 25 吨的汽车吊分别从两侧逐跨进行吊装。吊机吊装行
走的路线如下图所示；
We choose the relatively complicated workshop for example to introduce the installation of the project. And
we use two 25 ton cranes to erect the steelstructure in different side axis by axis. Crane hoisting walking
routes are shown below:
吊机吊装行走路线示意图 Crane hoisting walking routes
具体的安装顺序如下图所示 The detail sequence for the installation as blew：
第 99 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
安装流程 1：钢柱吊装
1ST Step: Installing the Column
安装流程 2：轴线之间的横梁吊装
2nd Step: Installing the transverse beam in axis
安装流程 3：轴线第二榀钢柱吊装
3rd Step: Installing the second line columns in axis
第 100 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
安装流程 4： 1 轴线第二榀钢柱间的横梁吊装
th
安装流程 5：两榀钢柱间的纵向梁及屋面次结构吊装
5th Step: Installing the lengthways beams & secondary structure between the two line columns
安装流程 6：轴线之间的钢结构吊装
th
第 101 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
安装流程 7：轴线之间的钢结构吊装
7th Step: Installing the steel structure in axis
安装流程 8：轴线之间的钢结构吊装
th
安装流程 9：轴线之间的钢结构吊装
9th Step: Installing the steel structure in axis
第 102 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
安装流程 10：轴线之间的钢结构吊装
10th Step: Installing the steel structure in axis
采用同样的方法安装其他轴线的钢结构。
Use the same mathord to erection the steel structure for other axis.
安装流程 11：其他轴线之间的钢结构吊装
th
安装流程 12：其他轴线之间的钢结构吊装
th
第 103 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
安装流程 13：其他轴线之间的钢结构吊装
th
钢柱安装工艺 Column Installation Job
准备工作 Preparation Job
基础上弹出建筑物的纵、横定位轴线和钢架的吊装准线，作为钢柱对位、校正的依据。
By the longitude and altitude axis which is projected by the building and the lifting axis of the steel
frame, the steel column will be adjusted.
校对基础螺栓位置、标高及伸出长度。
The position, elevation and length of the hold down bolt will be adjusted and checked.
调整、清洗地脚锚栓。
The hold down bolt will be adjusted and washed.
基础表面找平。
The ground will be made to be flat.
基础面中心标记鲜明。
The remark on the foundation center will be clear.
第 104 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
垫板准备充足。
Enough washers will be prepared.
钢柱四面中心标记鲜明。
The remark on each side of the column will be clear.
吊点的设置 Setting the Lifting Point
根据钢柱的形状、长度、质量、起吊方法及吊机性能等因素，设置、确定钢柱吊点，采用安全
吊带绑扎，同时采用相应措施（橡皮、软布等）对绑扎点油漆进行保护。
The lifting point will be set according to the column’s shape, length, quality, method of lifting, performance
of the crane. Workers will use the safety band to band the steel column. Meanwhile, other material such as
rubber or cloth will be used to protect the painting system.
钢柱吊装 Steel Column Lifting
钢柱的吊装以单机旋转法就位为主，就位
后进行初步找正，并拉风缆绳临时固定。起吊
时不得在地面上拖拉，以免碰坏地脚螺栓丝
扣。
Single crane will be used to lift the steel column
and workers will try to find the centerline. Tie
rope will be used to fix the column. No drug is
allowed when lifting so the hold down bolt will
not be destroyed.
钢柱找正 Finding the Cent line of the column
钢柱的找正包括平面位置、垂直位置和标高的找正。
第 105 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
This job includes find the centerline in flat face, straight face and other elevation.
标高的找正：根据钢柱肩梁到底板的实际长度，在垫板配设时进行；平面位置的校正：在钢柱
吊装就位时进行。垂直度的校正，在钢柱临时固定后进行。
Finding the elevation: according to the distance from the beam to the base plate, the washer will be
used to adjust. Adjusting the position will be done when lifting the column to the right position.
Adjusting the straightness will be done after the steel column is fixed.
垂直度的校正直接影响钢梁等安装的准确性，钢柱垂直度校正的方法有敲打锲块法、千斤顶校
正法、钢管撑杆斜顶法及缆风绳校正法等，可在安装时根据现场实际情况而定。
The adjusting to the straightness of the column will have a direct influence to the installation of the
steel beam. There are several methods such as beating method, supporting adjusting, rod supporting
and using tie rope to adjust. It can be decided according to the actual situation.
钢梁安装工艺 Steel Beam Installation Method
安装流程 Installation Process
第 106 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
钢柱复测
Double check
安全设施搭设
框 架 梁 吊 装
普通螺栓临时固
框 架 梁 找 正
高 强 螺 栓 施 工HSE Job
Frame
Fixing bolt
Center-finding
HS Bolt Job
钢梁安装工艺 Steel Beam Installation Job
前期准备 Preparation Job
吊装前，应先对桁架组装、编号、几何尺寸及安装标高对照设计图进行检查。同时对牛腿标高、
长度进行复测。
Before lifting, the truss should be assembled and be given a number. The dimension and installation
elevation of it should be checked. Meanwhile, the elevation and length to the corbel should be checked
again.
钢梁吊装 Steel Beam Lifting
钢梁采用两点环状绑扎的方法，绑扎点处垫设橡 块或木块，以防止损坏油漆。由于部分梁单件
重量较大，我们一根一吊装。钢梁在安装就位时，先用普通螺栓连接、松钩，再换装高强度螺栓，
最后根据设计要求进行接头处焊接，在找正后及时固定。安装后及时安装临时栏杆或安全绳，并安
装钢梁之间的连接杆件。
Two-points binding method will be used to lift the beam and rubber or wood will be used as skid to bind
the beam so the painting will not be destroyed. Since some single beam has a big weight, so SBC will lift
them one by one. After the beam get to its position, the ordinary bolt will be used firstly to link and then the
high strengthen bolt will be used. Some joint position will be welded together and then find the centerline
第 107 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
and fix them. After the column and big beam are
installed, the temporary handrail or safety rope
will be installed. Then the small pieces will be
installed.
钢梁找正 Finding Centerline to the Steel Beam
吊装前，在桁架上精确放出的安装标高和轴线标记，供校正时参考。
Before lifting, the precise axis and elevation should be stated on the truss. And this data can be used as the
reference.
标
高：两端高差≤10mm
Elevation: Height Difference ≤10mm
垂 直 度≤H/500
Straightness ≤H/500
起 拱 度：不下挠，L/5000≈-5mm~+10mm Chamber and no downside, L/5000≈-5mm~+10mm
侧弯矢高：L/2000≤10mm
标高检查方法：水平仪、标尺
垂直度检查方法：重线锤、直尺
起拱度检查方法：水平仪、标尺
直线度检查方法：拉粉线、直尺
Other side height: L/2000≤10mm
Checking Method: leveling ruler
Straightness Checking Method: ruler and plumper
Chamber Checking Method: leveling, ruler
Straightness Checking Method: Line and Ruler
3) 高强度螺栓的施工 High Strength Bolts Installation
第 108 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
钢构吊装
H.S.B
进 场
SS hoisting
Approaching
钢构调整 SS
adjusting
整孔
Drill
H.S.B
验 收
handover
安装螺栓穿入
Install bolts
搭工作架台
Build work
NO
螺栓穿入
接合面检查
Bolts pass
补修
Check the
YES
全部螺栓穿入
All bolts pass
YES
CHECK
初拧达到标准
予拉力值 80%
终拧达到螺栓标准予
拉 力 值 Final twist
NO
Preparation before installation, when the high strength bolts entering the site, the test reports and
qualified certificates from the manufacturer must be available; before the bolts placed, the friction
surfaces must be checked and treated well and the greasy and paint should be cleaned by wire
brush and texture.
安装前准备高强度螺栓进场时要有生产厂家提供的试验报告及产品合格证。高强度螺栓安装前必须
对构件磨擦面进行检查和处理，用钢丝刷或织物将浮锈、油漆、油污等清理干净。
The high strength bolts installation should be made by trained personnel.
高强度螺栓安装必须由培训合格的人员进行。
Installation, after the beams placed to the position, two boring bars to be used to make the two bolt
holes on the node plates aligning each other then inserting the bolts and tighten the bolts by
spanner; and then pulling out the boring bars, installing the residual high strength bolts.
高强度螺栓的安装 钢梁吊装就位后每个节点用两只过镗冲对齐节点板的上下螺栓孔，使螺栓能从孔
内自由穿入，对余下的螺栓孔直接安装高强螺栓，用扳手拧紧后，拔出过镗冲，再进行该处的高强
第 109 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
螺栓的安装。
Each node, the high strength bolts must be
tightened from center to the surrounding.
每个节点处的高强螺栓必须按由中央向四周的顺
序进行终拧。
When installing, the bolts should be put into the
holes freely, any hammer in and flame cutting will
be forbidden; the bolts direction should be same
for easy operation and the high strength bolt
can’t be used as provisional installing bolt.
安装高强度螺栓时，螺栓应自由穿入孔内，不得强行敲打，并不得气割扩孔，穿入方向宜一致并便
于操作，高强度螺栓不得作为临时安装螺栓。
The high strength bolt should be tightened in certain procedure; the bolts should be tightened from
inner to outer and tightened at that working day.
高强度螺栓的安装应按一定顺序施拧，宜由螺栓群中央顺序向外拧紧，并应在当天终拧完毕。
The high strength bolts will tightened by preliminary screw up and final tightening.
高强度螺栓的拧紧，应分初拧和终拧。
The torque spanner and testing torque spanner will be used in the work, for every shift, the
spanner will be calibrated and the error of the torque should not be more than ± 5% and ± 3% of
the torque.
强度螺栓施拧采用的扭矩扳手和检查采用的扭矩扳
手，要每班作业前后，均应进行校正，其扭矩误差
应分别为使用扭矩的± 5%和± 3%。
After finishing of the final tightening, the bolts
should be knocked by 0.3— 0.5kg hammer and
tested if any leak torque, any over tightened
should be changed the new one. The test work
will be done one hour later the final tightening and
finished within one hour.
高强度螺栓终拧后，宜采用 0.3—0.5kg 的小锤逐个敲击,且应进行扭矩抽查,欠拧或漏拧者应及时补
拧,超拧者应予更换。高强度螺栓扭矩检查应在终拧一小时后，24 小时内完成。
The other methods for high strength bolt utilization can be seen in the state standard (50205—95).
其余有关高强度螺栓的使用方法见国标(50205—95)之规定。
第 110 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
3.9、Roof & Wall Panel Installation 屋墙面板的安装
1． Roof panel installation 屋面板的安装
专业电动锁边机锁缝
专业固定支架
A、Roof board: construction from eave to ridge. Due to the bottom board is too fragile, to avoid
tread on it directly, if necessary to walk on it,
pave rod on it.
屋面板：应由檐口向屋脊方向施工。由于下
层板较薄，要避免直接踩踏在跨中，人员在
檩条上行走，如果需要，可以在檩间搭设木
板条。
Pay attention to usually wind direction,
when installing top board, roof board
installing should along axes. Pave the
board as sight direction, so the third rib
won’t be seen, during seasonal windy days,
connected side will ate the place that
reverse to wind.
安装上层屋面板时应注意当地的常年主导风向，本工程屋面板的安装宜顺着轴方向进行。如此，将
第 111 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
板的朝向习惯视向铺设，第三条肋一侧的搭接线将难以看见，即当季节性大风发生时，被搭接边位
于肋的背风侧。
B、After paving insulating wool from ridge to
eave and putting sealant and mastic then
paving the first roof board.
将保温棉由屋脊铺好至檐口并安放好堵头、
泥后，可以铺第一张屋面板。
C、Sealant: fabricate with foam and plastic,
shape as roof board outline, when sealant
insert between eave support and roof board.
Avoid ash, insect, bird and water go inside.
Installing as drawing.
堵头：堵头一般用泡沫塑料制造，加工成与
屋面板轮廓相同的形状。当堵头被嵌在屋檐支撑面和屋面板之间的空间时，可以防止风尘、昆虫、
鸟类、雨水进入室内，故应按图纸要求正确安装。
D 、 Mastic: fabricate with flexibility
plastic, with the shape as joint area
shape, generally width 10mm, well at
waterproof, using at connection
position of board and under eave,
ridge, and sealant.
泥： 泥为柔质塑料制成，并能根据接
合面的形状随意成型，一般宽为 10mm
厚，具有良好的防水性能，一般的使用
位置为板的搭接处和檐口、屋脊、堵头
的下方。
F 、 Paving sequence: paving from
bottom to top in one line, pay attention
to the length out eave and width
bottom paving position with ridge
center line.
铺设顺序：每列屋面板的铺设应遵守由底部
至顶部的顺序进行，安装时，应注意伸出檐
口长度和离开屋脊中心线的宽度。
G 、 Roof board ending: going on
constructing roof board. Finally, cut exceed
section of the board length if it longer than
half of roof width, but less than whole
board width, left the middle rib, and fix with
purlin. If remaining length less than half
board width, try to cover it with ridge cover
and flashing board. If infeasible put the last
board on the board before it, in this
situation, suspend to install the automatic
bolt of the board before the last one.
屋面板收头：继续施工屋面板。施工到最后，若所剩的长度大于半片屋面板的宽度但小于整片钢板
的宽度，可将超过的部分裁去，留下完整的中间肋，并固定在檩条上；若所剩的长度小于半片屋面
第 112 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
板的宽度，可以尝试采用屋脊盖板和泛水收边来覆盖；若不行，可以将最后一块屋面板搭接数肋于
前块屋面板之上，在这种情况下，最后第二块板的自攻钉应暂缓安装。
H、Top board of roof: complete top board at gable place, crane lifting on roof.
屋面上层板：上层板现场成型，采用吊车吊至屋面。
I、Process checking: during installing roof board, pay attention to adjust perpendicular of rib, ridge
and board connection position, which can’t be exceeded as following chart:
过程校正：在安装屋面板过程中，应注意经常校正肋条与屋脊的垂直度和板的搭接错位，其大小不
能超过下表规定：
2．墙面板安装 Wall board installation
A、Preparation: component
of wall structure have been
finished and adjusted, all of
machines are got ready,
construction clarification
and guide have been
proceeded with operator.
墙面板安装准备工作：墙面
结构件全部安装并调整完
第 113 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
毕，所有工具准备充分，施工人员已被进行交底及指导。
B、Get board to installation position as drawing, decide installation start point, installing from one
side to the other side generally.
根据设计图纸将板就位，确定安装起始点，一般从一侧端边往另一侧端边。
（1）
C、Wallboard installation and edge dealing can be
proceeded together. General sequence: first edge
dealing then wallboard installation, edge dealing
finished and adjusted then installing wallboard can
get better effect.
墙面板的安装可以和收边安装共同进行，一般程序为
先安装收边后安装板，收边安装并调整好后再安装板
可以使安装效果更好。
D、Installing the first board as drawing, fixing, to
ensure vertical with purlin on wall, then install 2nd
board. Pay attention to overlap of two boards
convex area, ensure two boards be connected
totally, straight by inspection, and then ensure good
overlapped and connected with wall beam.
按图将第一块板安装上，并将其固定，要保证与墙面
檩条垂直，接着安装第二块板。注意后一块板应与前
一块板的凸沿重叠，通过检查保证两块板的外沿完全
接触、平直，从而保证重叠完好，并用自攻螺钉与墙
梁连接在一起。
E、Quantity of automatic bolt location and span as drawing, generally require length side connect
with wall beam for every board, width side more than 2 bolts.
自攻钉的数量间距按设计图纸要求确定，一般要求每块板的长度方向都应与墙梁连接，每块板的宽
度方向与每根墙梁的连接不少于 2 个螺钉。
F、To ensure roof board level, adding special automatic bolt at width side connection position
between purlin of wall.
第 114 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
为保证屋面板平整，在两檩墙的檩条之间的板宽方向搭接处可另加搭接专用自攻钉，间距≤750mm。
3、Flashing Installation 收边系统的安装
3.1．General situation 概述
Edge disposing system installation is the important part of whole surrounding construction. It will
impact the project quality and effect directly, so must be pay great attention.
收边系统安装是整个围护系统安装的重要部分，将直接影响到整个工程的质量和效果，所以应该特
别重视。
3.2．Ridge cover installation 屋脊盖板的安装
A、During constructing ridge cover, always meet open groove on the cover. There are three
methods.
在施工屋脊盖板时，经常会碰到需要在屋脊盖板上开槽口的问题，一般有三种方法：
Shaped groove: in some situations, folded side can open groove like rib of different roof board of
horizontal flashing board and cover. To ensure the steel board can cover whole width, adjacent two
covers have enough connect length, using grooved steel board to be standard size.
成形槽口：在某些情况下，横向泛水板和盖板的下折边可预先开出与各种屋面板肋条
外形相一致的槽口。如果使用这类预先开槽的泛水板和盖板，在安装和固定钢板时，必须注意确保
钢板能够覆盖整个宽度，即保证相邻两块屋脊盖板搭接时有足够的搭接长度。在安放时，可用一般
已开槽的钢板作为标准尺寸。
B、Connecting: overlapping length of ridge cover about 100mm, using sealant at overlapping area,
and using double row rivet to fix. Suppose, to clean the front side of one ridge cover and backside
of the other ridge cover of overlapping width, no stain and water, then insert silicon glue for
amphoteric roof pipe, then overlapping, pay attention to groove direction, at last using rivet to fix,
controlled rivet span within 50mm, pasting silicon glue around rivet to avoid water leakage.
搭接处理：屋脊盖板的搭接长度一般约在 100mm 左右，施工时在搭接处使用密封 来密封，并用双
排防水拉铆钉固定。假设是先将前块屋脊盖板的正面和后块屋脊盖板的背面搭接宽度范围内擦拭干
净，不留污渍和水分，再使用中性屋面管道专用硅 满涂，之后将两块板搭接上，搭接时注意槽口的
位置，最后使用拉铆钉固定，拉铆钉的间距宜控制在 50mm 以内。拉铆钉拉好后，为防止可能发生
漏水，宜将拉铆钉的周边用硅 满涂。
C、Fixing: using automatic bolt to fix ridge cover with roof board wave, every wave need one bolt,
put sealant and mastic before installing.
固定：屋脊盖板的固定一般使用自攻钉固定在屋面板的波峰上，每个波峰上安装一颗。安装前应注
意安放堵头和 泥。
D、Assemble beforehand: measure size before construction, then assemble two or three ridge
cover, then fixing on roof board.
预先拼装：在实际施工中，一般可以先预量尺寸，再将两块或三块屋脊盖板预拼装好，再将其固定
于屋面板上。
E、Pay attention to wave summit must be in one line, no concave phenomenon at overlapping area,
to avoid water accumulate.
注意点：屋脊盖板安装时，应注意波峰线的平直度，并不使搭接处有下凹现象产生，以防积水。
F、Sealant: for some small pitch long roof, to avoid rainwater up going by strong wind, insert
sealant to two sides of ridge cover and middle of roof board
第 115 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
.密封 应用：对于坡度特别小的长屋面，为进一步防止刮大风时屋面板雨水上爬，在屋脊盖板的两
个侧边和屋面板中间的空隙宜用密封 密封。
3.3．Other edge disposing board installation 其他收边的安装
In fact, flashing boards have same installation, not detailed statement here.
事实上，绝大多数泛水板的安装方法都大同小异，在此不一一叙述。
Section 3.10
MEP works
第 3.10 节 机电安装工程施工方案
3.10.1 Electrical installation procedure 电气系统施工方法
General
系统概况
The electricity of the project including: Power system, Lighting System, Lightning & Grounding
System, access control system, Telephone System, wiring system, Fire Alarm System and BAS
system..
本工程电气部分包括动力系统、照明系统、防雷接地系统、门禁系统、电话和布线系统、自动消防
报警系统以及楼宇自控系统。
1) Construction procedure & process requirement
施工程序及工艺要求(电气设备安装程序)
A Electric equipment and materials checking
电气设备、材料检查、清点
(a)Electric equipment foundation channel and support fabrication and installation.
(b)Electric cabinet and panel installation
(c)Electric cable tray and protection conduit installation
(d)Cable laying: Before laying, insulation of cable must be checked
(e)Wiring, Electric testing
(f)Single unit test running
(g)system test running
(a)电气设备基础槽钢，支架制作安装
(b)电气盘、柜安装
(c)电缆桥架，电缆保护管安装
(d)电缆敷设之前应对电缆的绝缘进行检测
(e)接线及电气调试
(f)单机试车
(g)联动试车
B 电气设备调试，试验方法
Electric Equipment Test and Inspection
(a)The integrality and wiring inspection of electric equipment should ensure no defect and correct
wiring before testing.
(b) Insulation resistance test
(c) DC resistance test
(d) AC rate and transformer rate test
(e) Equipment polarity and wiring test
(f) Switch operation and mechanical characters test
第 116 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
(g) Cable leak and voltage-withstand test
(h) System insulation and equipment voltage-withstand test
(i) Relay protection calibration and adjusting test
(j) Instruments calibration
(k) System group test
(l) Electricity phase inspection
(m) Speed controller and control system test
(a) 电气设备完整性及接线检查，应保证设备无缺陷，接线正确后方可进行试验
(b) 绝缘电阻测试
(c) 直流电阻测试
(d) 交流比，变压比试验
(e) 设备极性及接线试验
(f) 开关机械特性及操作度验
(g) 电缆泄漏及耐压试验
(h) 系统绝缘及设备耐压试验
(i) 断电保护调校及整定试验
(j) 仪表校验
(k )各系统整组试验
(l) 电压核相试验
(m) 调速电机及控制系统试验
2) Electrical Construction Method (Construction process of electrical installation)
电气施工方法
(1) Cabinet Installation Procedure Flow
盘柜安装工艺流程
设 备 开 箱 检查
设备搬运
盘（柜）安 装
盘（柜）上 方 母 带 配 制
盘（柜）二 次 回 路 配 线
盘（柜）试 验 调 整
送 电 运 行 验收
Box
opening
and
checking
Test run
and
acceptanc
e with
Equip.
transpo
rtation
Test and
adjustmen
t of
cabinet
Cabinet
(panels)
installation
Second loop
wiring of the
cabinet
Fabricate
the bus
overhead
the cabinet
power
The alignment of upright cabinets shall be made after the concrete reaches a given. Intensity,
which is done from left to right or from right to left. The 0.5mmm iron Gaskets can be used for
alignment between the cabinet and the profile. At each Points not more than 3 pieces of gaskets
第 117 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
are permitted to use.
立柜工作需要待混凝土达到规定强度后进行，立柜找正需按从左到右或从右到左的顺序进行，找正
可以采用在柜与型钢间塞 0.5mm 铁垫片的方法，但每处垫片不能超过 3 片；
After alignment, the cabinets are bolted with bolts. They are drilled by drilling machine to be
connected with profile. The galv. Standard fixtures are used for bolting. Not allow to used gas
cutting.
找平找正后，柜与柜之间应采用螺栓拧紧，柜与型钢之间，采用手枪钻打孔，采用镀锌标准紧固件，
螺栓连接，切忌采用气割或电焊开孔；
盘柜安装，其允许偏差必须符合下表规定：
For the installation of cabinet, the allowed tolerance must be as follows:
Each erected cabinet shall be connected individually with foundation profile for earthing. The
connection shall be compact and firm. A door to be opened and Closed is set for cabinet. The
naked copper soft wire with sufficient intention is Used to link the earthed metal frame firmly.
安装好的每台柜宜单独与基础型钢作接地连接，连接应紧密、牢固；柜上装有的可开启的柜门，应
采用有足够强度的裸铜软线与已接地的金属框架可靠连接
The wholly supplied cabinet is erected by following requirements.The mechanical and electrical
closing action shall be correct and reliable. The Centerline of dynamic contact and static contact
shall be consensus. The contacts Shall be touched compactly. The switching point of assistance
switches of the Secondary loop acts accurately and contact reliably. The lighting in the cabinet
shall be complete.
成套柜的安装应符合如下要求：机械、电气闭锁应动作准确、可靠；动触头与静触头的中心线应一
致，触头接触紧密；二次回路辅助开关的切换点应动作准确，接触可靠；柜内照明齐全。
(2) The Cable Tray Installation 电缆桥架的安装：
Working procedure
施工程序：
The quality of cable trays and their enclosure must comply with the design requirement and the
第 118 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
relevant existing technical specifications. And select in accordance with the design. The space
occupied by the trays should be not more than 40%, sparing for the future extension.
桥架及附件的质量必须符合设计要求和现行的有关技术标准，并按设计进行选择，桥架的填充率不
应大于 40%，并应有一定的备用空位，以便今后扩容。
The erection of indoor cable trays shall be done after the pipes and air conditioning etc. have been
finished basically.
室内桥架的安装安排在管道及空调等工作基本施工完毕时进行。
The surface of tray shall be smooth and even. The coating is smooth and flat while the surface of
welding seams is even with no cracks
桥架的表面应光滑均匀，喷涂光滑平整，焊缝应表面均匀，不得有裂纹等。
During erection, coordinate well with the civil building. Make reservation for holes and embedment
of parts. The fixing position and height of cable tray must meet the design requirements and
specifications.
安装时应与土建紧密配合，作好孔洞预留和预埋件埋设，桥架的安装位置及高度，必须满足设计要
求及规范规定。
The span of horizontally laid trays is 1.5-3m while the fixed distance of vertically laid trays is not
more than 1.5m. The brackets are welded firmly with sound level and straight. The levelness
deviation of transom in the same level should be not over 5mm while the straightness deviation
along the tray is not more than 10mm.
桥架水平敷设，跨距为 1.5～3m，桥架垂直敷设固定点间距不大于 5m，支架应焊接牢固，横平竖直，
同层横档高低偏差不应大于 5mm，沿桥架走向的左右偏差不大于 10mm。
The joint of cable trays must be bolted with the nut outwards. The heighten and enlarge of trays
should use special linkage and splices. No gas cutting and so on are allowed. At the ends, terminal
boards are used.
桥架连接必须采用螺栓连接，且螺母应位于外侧，桥架的变宽变高应采用专用连接片和调高调宽片，
不得采用焊割等方法处理，桥架末端应采用终端板。
桥架采用引出管时，必须用开孔器开孔，开孔应整齐，与管孔径吻合，严禁采用气、电焊割孔。连
接应采用管接头，严禁焊接。
The min. net distance between cable laying and various pipes:
桥架敷设与各种管道的最小净距：
Where the steel tray laid in straightway surpasses 30m, the expansion linkage board is used. The
turning radius of tray is not less than the bending radius of cable. Where the tray will astride the
expansion section, the expansive head is also necessary.
第 119 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
钢制桥架直线敷设超过 30m，应采用伸缩连接板连接，桥架的转弯半径，不应小于电缆的弯曲半径，
桥架跨越建筑物伸缩处，也应设置好伸缩头等。
The tray and its bracket and support shall be well earthed. The earthling mains and every
segments of tray shall keep to be fixed in at lease one reliable point, including
桥架及其支吊架均应良好接地，接地干线与每段桥架，均应至少有一点可靠连接，包括弯头等，在
有振动的场所，还应装置弹簧垫圈，软连接处应采用纺织铜线连接。
For those pipes, which penetrate the foundation, walls and floors fireproof clapboard and stuffing
are used for seal and insulation to prevent the fire from running along the whole tray.
桥架在穿过预留孔洞、楼板及墙壁处，应采用防火隔板、防火堵料作好密封隔离措施，防止火灾沿
线路延燃。
Where the cable tray enters into panel or box, bolt, and make good arrangement for the earth shall
connect it .
桥架进入盘柜或箱子时，应和箱面紧密栓接，并做好接地处理工作。
(3) The erection of Lighting Appliances and Switches & Receptacles.
照明器具及开关插座安装：
The erection of switches and receptacles of lights shall be done after Painting the building’s wall.
灯具开关、插座的安装应在建筑物墙体表面装饰结束后进行。
the switches and receptacles are fixed in the designed position and height.
开关、插座的安装应符合设计的位置及高度。
The height of switches side by side shall be the same, with the height difference Less than 1mm,
the difference in the same room shall be not more than 5mm..
并列安装的开关高度应一致，高度差不应大于 1mm，同一室内的开关高度差不应大于 5mm。
The junction box should be the special used box, with no gap around and cover it.
接线盒应为专用盒，四周不得有空隙，且盖板端正，紧贴墙面。
For the three-phase receptacles in the same place, the phase shall be consensus. The connection
with two holes and three holes in single phase shall accord with the specification.
同一场所的三相插座，其相位应一致，单相两孔和三孔插座接线，必须符合规范要求。
The link between conductor and appliances shall be firm and compacted. Conductors connected
in one terminal shall not surpass two wires, and the connection is not loose.
导线与器具的连接应牢固紧密，在同一端子上的导线不超过两根，且连接应无松动。
The fixtures shall be fixed by embedded parts, bolts and expansion bolts etc. no chock is allowed
to use. The carrying capacity should match with the weight of fixture. For some large decorative
fixtures, try hoisting before erected.
灯具安装应采用预埋件、螺栓、膨胀螺栓等固定，严禁采用木楔，承载能力与灯具重量相匹配，部
分大型装饰灯具，在安装前应作试吊试验。
The fixture and its fittings shall be complete, with sound appearance. The wire connection shall be
firm and well contacted.
灯具及配件应齐全，外观良好，接线应牢固，接触良好。
In the kick-off meeting before engineering, coordinate with the special persons undertakes
decoration, civil building, air conditioning, pipe and so on. If any conflict occurs between fixture
erection and other specialties, modify as early as possible.
在工程前期图纸会审过程中，应尽早与装饰、土建、空调、管道等各专业碰头，遇到灯具安装与其
第 120 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
它各专业相冲突的问题，及早作出整改处理。
Fixtures are erected from the ceiling. The light fixture shall fix to the backbones. That weight is
over 3kg is set onto the special-used backbones, to avoid ceiling deforming.
灯具在吊顶上安装，轻型灯具应固定在龙骨上，当灯具超过 3kg 时，灯具应设置在专用龙骨上，以
免使吊顶变形。
Before erecting inserted lighting fixture, get familiar with the shape of fixture and size in order to
determine embedded parts’ position and their opening size. The fixture built into the ceiling; their
frame shall press against the seam of board and compact with ceiling to ensure blazonry. When
keep space for fixture within ceiling, the position shall be correct and distance is symmetry. The
axis deviation is not more than 5mm.
嵌入式灯具安装前，应熟悉灯具样本，了解灯具的形状尺寸，以便确定埋件位置及开口尺寸，嵌入
顶内的灯具，其边框应压住板缝，并与顶棚贴紧，以保持其美观。吊顶开孔时，应注意防止开孔过
大而造成灯具盖板盖不住孔洞影响美观。装饰吊顶内留置灯位时，应灯位准确，档距对称，整齐美
观，其轴线偏差不应大于 5mm。
(4) Erection of Small Distribution Box
小型配电箱安装
After the distribution box arrive, make appearance inspection and check the certificates of
products.
配电箱到货后，应进行外观检查和检验产品合格证；
Since the interval between box embedment and wiring last for long time, dismantled box and
panels are marked with symbols. Keep well for future erection in the correct position.
由于箱体预埋和进行箱内接线的间隔期较长，箱体与盘面解体后作好标记并妥善保存，待安装时对
号入座；
In coordination with civil building, embed the box into the wall, level and align. The front board
fixing style and coating thickness of wall decides the thickness of body extruded over wall.
与土建施工密切配合，将箱体放入墙内，并找平找正，箱体突出墙面的厚度，须视面板安装方式和
墙面粉刷厚度而定；
To connect the steel pipe and the thread bolts of distribution box, firstly thread the opens of tube
and screw into thread root. Secondly insert them into box and tighten the bolts, with 2-4 threads
exposed. Later cover with plastic protection. Weld the earthling between pipes and between pipes
and box. Make sure the pipes inserting into box are smooth and straight with the same length.
钢管与配电箱丝扣连接，先将管口套丝，拧入根母，再插入箱内，拧上螺母，露出 2-4 扣，再套上
塑料护口，并在管与管之间，管与箱间连好接地线，施工时保持入箱管顺直，长短一致；
The box shall be holed by boring machine, it is not allowed to open long hole or open hole with gas
welding machine; after make sure the cable tray direction and the location of the box, the hole can
be opened by manufacturer of the distribution panel and distribution cabinet so as to insure the
quality of the hole.
箱体应用开孔器开孔，严禁开长孔及用电气焊开孔；当桥架走向和箱柜位置确定后，可有配电箱、
配电柜生产厂家负责箱柜开孔，保证开孔质量。
Prior to installation of the distribution board, clean it and check the internal wiring is perfect and
firm.
配电箱安装前，先将箱内杂物清除干净，并检查内部接线是否齐全及牢固；
The surrounding edges of box compact with the wall, which neither retract behind the finishing nor
extrude beyond it.
配电箱面板四周边缘应紧贴墙面，不能缩进抹灰层内，也不能突出抹灰层。
第 121 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
The allowed tolerance of fixing lighting and power distribution box accord with the table:
照明及动力配电箱的安装允许偏差必须符合下表：
(5) Steel conduit installation and wiring inside the conduits
钢管敷设及管内穿线工程
The wall thickness of galvanized conduit shall be equality, adopt threading joint, the treading shall
be in the right position, no flake on the layer of Galvanize, lubricity and no burr on both sides.
镀锌钢管壁厚均匀，采用通丝管箍，丝扣清晰不乱扣，镀锌层完整无剥落、两端光滑无毛刺。
The thickness of metal plate for iron switch box, lamp box, junction box shall be no less than
1.2mm, no flake on the galvanized layer, no deform and no Welding flaw, intactness at the location
being stroked.
铁制开关盒、灯头盒、接线盒其金属板厚度应不小于 1.2mm，镀锌层无剥落，无变形和开焊，敲落
孔完整无缺。
The installation process of concealed conduit
暗管敷设工艺流程
暗
管
敷
设
预
制
加
工
测
量
定
位
管
路
连
接
暗
管
敷
设
方
变
形
缝
处
理
地
线
焊
接
第 122 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
Process of exposed conduits installation
明管敷设工艺流程
明管敷设
吊顶内管
道敷设
弯
、
支
架
吊
架
预
制
加
工
管
固
定
点
位
置
测
定
盒
、
箱
及
固
定
方
法
支
架
、
吊
架
盒、箱固定
管路敷设与连接
管路敷设与连接
变形缝处理
接地焊接
Exposed
conduits lying
Conduits lying
inside the ceiling
Conduits
Box,
fixing
case
installation
connection
and
Handling with distortion seam
Earth welding
Method of conduit connection: connected by thread joint in right position, the exposed threading
shall be no more than 2 threads.
管路连接方法：管箍丝扣连接，套丝不得有乱扣现象，管口对齐外露丝扣不应多于 2 扣。
Junction box shall be added while the length of route is more than the following extent: 45m for five
curves；30m for one curve；20m for 2 curves，12m for three curves.
管路超过下列长度时应加装接线盒，以便于穿线：五弯时，45m；一个弯时，30m；两个弯时，20m；
三个弯时，12m。
Conduits connecting inside the box: welding is not allowed on the connection between conduits
and the box，locknut shall be used for fixing the connection. The thread come out of the end of
conduits shall be 2- 4 threads, the end of conduits shall be lubricity and no flake.
管进盒箱连接：管口进入盒箱时，严禁管子与盒箱焊接，必须用锁紧螺母固定，管口露出丝扣 2-4
扣，管口光滑无毛刺。
Connection between conduit and equipment: the conduits shall be laying inside the equipment,
第 123 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
suppose it is unable to go inside directly, then it should do as followings:
钢管与设备连接：应将钢管敷设到设备内，如不能直接进入时，应符合下列要求：
Inside the dryer room, hose can be added at the outlet of conduits to connect into equipment; the
outlet of the conduit shall be tied up firmly. Waterproof elbow shall be added in outside door or at
damp place, the lead form waterproof elbow shall be covered with insulation protective sleeve.The
height from floor to the end of the conduit normally shall be 200mm.
在干燥机房内，可在钢管出口初加保护软管引入设备，管口应包扎严密。在室外或潮湿场所管口应
设防水弯头，有防水弯头引出的导线应套绝缘保护管。管口距地面高度一般为 200mm.
Metal hose enter into the equipment shall accord with the following requirement:
金属软管引入设备时应符合下列要求:
Special joints shall be used for the connection between the mental Hose and the equipment
金属软管与设备连接时应采用专用接头
The space between of the clips for fixing mental hose shall be no more than 1m.
金属软管用管卡固定时其间距不应大于 1m
It is not allowed to use earth hose for earth conductor.
不得利用接地软管做接地导体
Prior to wiring, ensure the protective sleeve on the end of the conduits in order, and no skip, blow
the talcum power into the conduit when the route is too long.
穿线前应先保证管口护套整齐，无遗漏，管路过长时，可往管内吹入滑石粉
Pay attention to the following items during wiring:
穿线时应注意下列问题：
The leads in the same AC loop shall be installed in the same conduit.
同一交流回路的导线必须穿与同一管内
The leads with different loop, different voltage & AC,DC shall not be installed in the same conduit,
except the following situation
不同回路不同电压和交流于直流的导线不得穿入同一管内，下列情况除外：
The loop with mark voltage under 50V.
标称电压 50V 以下回路
The control loop in the same equipment or in the equipment of the same
production line with no
requirement of interference.
同一设备或同流水线设备和无干扰要求的控制回路
Several loops for the similar lighting, with the leads inside the loops no more than 8 pieces.
同类照明的几个回路，但管内导线总数不应多余八根
The lead shall be spared while going through the seam of distortion.
导线过变形缝应留有一定余度
The leads shall be in right color, adopt plastic wire with yellow and green alternative for earth wire.
导线色相应正确，地线必须采用黄绿相间塑料线。
The insulation resistance of the leads shall be no less than 0.5MΩ
导线间的绝缘电阻值不小于 0.5MΩ
第 124 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
Adopt three-point pliers to the termination of lighting fixture and press the cap on it, or weld with
brand iron and tie up with electrical tape
灯具接线时应用专用三点式压接钳压制，并扣上压接帽。或用烙铁焊接后用电器 布严密包扎。
(6) Lightning & Earth Installation：
防雷及接地装置安装：
Adopt one earth net work for lightning protection earth, protection earth & working earth. The
resistance value of earth shall be less than 1Ω.Adopt auxiliary earth when the resistance value of
the protection earth not meet the requirement. Adopt galvanized flat steel L50×5 for earthing pole,
with length of 2.5m, the space form top to floor shall –0.7m. Adopt galvanized
flat steel-40×4
with embedded depth 0.7m for earthing net, welding with earthing pole. When welding two pieces
of flat steels, the flat steel shall be bended in right angle shape, weld with both sides of angle;
when scarf weld two pieces flat steel, the length of the lap joint shall be no less than 3 times width
of the flat steel,and at least 3 edges shall be welded. Adopt pouring floor, bearing stage & reinforce
bar in the foundation for earth device. Adopt the two main crossbars in the column to introduce the
line below for lightning protection device, weld up and down to connect the earth device firmly.
防雷接地、保护接地和工作接地合用一个接地网络，，接地电阻值均应小于 1 欧姆。当防雷保护的接
地电阻值达不到要求时采用补充接地，接地极采用 L50×5 的镀锌角钢，长为 2.5m，顶部距地面应
为-7m，接地网采用-40×4 的镀锌扁钢，埋深-0.7m，与接地极焊接。扁钢与扁钢焊接时，应先把扁
钢弯成直角形，与角钢两边焊接；扁钢与扁钢搭焊接时，其搭接长度不应小于扁钢宽度的 2 倍，且
至少 3 个棱边焊接。利用现浇地板，承台、桩内钢筋作接地装置。避雷接地利用柱内两根对角主筋
做引下线，上下应焊接连通并与接地装置牢靠连接。
3) Telephone and wiring distribution system
电话及布线系统
4) Fire Alarm System
消防报警系统
Construction steps
施工步骤：
第 125 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
管线预埋及管内穿线
接线端子箱安装及接线
探测器安装
消防控制设备安装
火灾报警控制器安装
探测器检测
单体调试
系统调验收
Embedded
conduit
Terminal box installation
Wiring
conduit
in
Detector
installation
Fire alarm controller
& connection
Inspection
of detector
Fire controller installation
Pre & Post testing
of equipment
installation
System
commissioning
Equipment Inspection
设备的检验
(1) Open the boxes and check. After the equipment and apparatuses to be installed are moved to
site, make strict inspection after opened. Record by the list. Make sure that the equipment and
apparatuses concord with the design requirements, that the technical documents and certificates
are complete, that the appearance of equipment is perfect, that the insulation of wire is perfect and
that spare parts and enclosures are complete.
开箱检查：安装的设备及器材运至施工现场后，应严格进行开箱检查，并按清单登记，应保证设备
及器材符合设计要求，技术文件齐全，合格证齐全，设备外观完好，线路绝缘良好，备件附件齐全。
(2) In individual test, various apparatuses and equipment shall be test by simulation one by one.
Those unqualified can not be used.
单体试验：各种器材及设备安装前应逐个模拟试验，不合格者不予使用。
The Erection of Detector
探测器的安装
(1) Before fixing, have a kick-off meeting with the special persons of piping and ventilation to
ensure the position of detector correct and to avoid conflicting with the fixing of vents, spray heads,
fixtures and ducts.
安装前，应与管道及通风等专业进行图纸会审，以确保探头位置，避免与风口、喷淋头、灯具、风
管的安装产生矛盾；
(2) When erecting detector, determine the position and draw lines on site according to the
indication of construction drawing. Pay attention to the symmetry in horizontal and longitudinal
directions.
探测器安装时，要按施工图的位置，现场定位划线，要注意纵横成排对称；
The positions of detectors are as follows:
第 126 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
探测器的安装位置应符合如下规定：
The horizontal net distance from lighting fixture shall be not less than 0.2m while that from the
temp. Sensor and high temp light source is not less than 0.5m..
与照明灯具的水平净距不应小于 0.2m，温感与高温光源灯具的净距不应小于 0.5m；
The net distance from auto. Extinguisher shall be not less than 0.3m.
与自动灭火喷淋头净距不应小于 0.3m；
The horizontal distance from the edge of air-supply vent shall be not less than 1.5m.
距空调送风口边的水平距离不应小于 1.5m；
Within the range of 0.5m around the detector, no coverage exists.
探测器周围 0.5m，不应有遮挡物；
For the horizontal erection of detector, under the typical condition, the incidence shall not surpass
40 degree. Otherwise, brackets must be used to ensure fixing horizontally.
探测器应水平安装，特殊情况下，斜倾角度不应超过 40 度，否则，必须采用支架使其水平安装。
Fix the seat of the detector onto the light steel backbones and secure it by bolts.
将探测器底座固定在吊顶的轻钢龙骨上，采用螺钉固定；
After the seat fixed, be not eager to erect the detector, for it is precision apparatus. Ought to erect
just before test. Otherwise, it is easy to be damaged and made dirty. Before erection, keep
properly.
底座安装完毕，不要急于安装探测器，因探测器属于精密仪器，应在即将调试时方可安装，否则容
易损坏和弄脏，安装前，应注意妥善保管好；
When erect the seat of detector, not less than 15cm spare is left form the outer connected
conductor in order for repair. At the inlet, there are obvious symbols. After wiring, the wire through
hole shall be sealed to avoid moisture and dust going in and so as to affect insulation.
探测器底座安装时，其外接导线应留有不小于 15cm 的余量，为便于检修，入端处应有明显标志，
接线完毕，底座穿线孔宜封堵，以免潮气、灰尘进入，影响绝缘；
To fix the detector, splitter splits its conductor. The split length is suitable in 10～15mm. Connect
the wire with the corresponding terminal. Screw up the probing head. The indication lamp should
face the direction, which is easy for man to observe and inspect.
探测器安装，导线采用剥线钳剥线，剥削长度以 10～15mm 为宜，然后接在相应的端子上，再拧上
探头。探测器的安装应注意，其确认灯应面向便于人员观察的主要入口方向，以便于检查。
Fixing of Bottoms and Modules
按钮及模块的安装
(1) The bottoms are fixed at 1.4m level from ground according to the design requirement while the
alarm bells are 2m high.
按钮安装高度根据设计要求，装于离地 1.4m 处，警铃位于离地 2m 处；
(2) The fixing shall be firm with no slanting.
按钮安装应牢固，且不得倾斜；
(3) The extending conductor of bottom shall have over 10cm spare for the purpose of test and
maintenance.
按钮的外接导线为便于调试及维修应留于不小于 10cm 的余量；
(4) For erection of control and input modules, according to the design, the modules of flow
第 127 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
indicators and anti-fire valve shall be installed nearby, which are fixed firmly on the wall or the floor
with screws. Metal flexible hose protects the signal cable.
控制模块和输入模块的安装，根据设计要求，水流指示器和防火阀的模块安装在其附近，采用螺钉
装于墙或楼板上，安装必须牢固，其信号连线采用金属软管保护。
Erection of Junction Box
接线端子箱安装
(1) The terminal box is installed in the week power well. Its bottom is 1.5m away from the ground. It
is fixed onto the wall in level.
端子箱安装在弱电井内，底边距地 1.5m，采用金属膨胀栓固定在墙上，装设必须平正；
(2) Skive the insulation layer of cable. Check over the cores through earphone. Check out one by
one and jacket with numbered sleeves.
剥电缆绝缘层，使用对线耳机进行校线，逐根核对并套上号码管；
(3) Before connecting wires, use 500V magmata to check insulation resistance. The earthling
insulation resistance shall be not less than 20MΩ.
在接线前，采用 500V 兆欧表测量绝缘电阻，其对地的绝缘电阻不应小于 20MΩ
(4) Collegiate the wires in the box in sheaves by their different usage, voltage grade and current
classes. Set them on both sides of the terminal board.On one side locates the coming main while
on the other side are control wires to the local 0components. The conductors in the box shall be
lined well, clearly numbered.
将箱内导线按不同用途、电压等级电流类别绑扎成束，分别设在端子板两侧，一侧为中心引来的干
线，另一侧为到现场元件的控制线，箱内导线应排列整齐线号清楚，端子号相对应字迹清晰；
(5) After the terminal box is erected and wired, lock the box from contamination.
端子箱安装接线完毕后，应注意箱门上锁，保护箱内不受污染。
Erection of Fire Control Equipment
消防控制设备安装
(1) The control cabinet of fire alarm is fixed by 10# channel. Prior to the fabrication of channel seat,
check the size of equipment foundation to ensure the correct positioning.
火灾报警控制柜采用 10 号槽钢固定，槽钢底座制作前，应核对设备的基础尺寸，以保证准确安装
就位；
(2) Prior to installation, the equipment shall be checked for function. Not erect any unqualified
ones.
设备安装前应进行功能检查，不合格不得安装；
(3) The connection wire of fire equipment shall be introduced with protective metal flexible hose.
The length shall be not more than 2m.
消防设备的外接导线，应采用金属软管作套管引入设备，长度不应大于 2m；
(4) The ends of connection wire shall be set with obvious marks for easy inspection and check.
设备外接导线的端部，应设置明显标志，以便检查及校对；
(5) The terminals inside the equipment shall be separated by voltage grades and current classes,
and labeled.
设备内端子应按不同电压等级和电流类别严格分开，并做好标志；
(6) Earthing wire is copper-core insulated conductor. The galv. flat iron is not allowed. The earthing
wire shall not be less than 25mm while the eathing resistance shall be less than 4Ω.
接地线采用铜芯绝缘导线，不得用镀锌扁铁，接地线不应小于 25mm，接地电阻应小于 4Ω。
Systemic Commissioning
第 128 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
系统调试
(1) Commissioning of the system shall be made within the building after interior decoration and
construction is completed.
(2) Prior to the commissioning, re-check carefully the construction drawing and documents of
equipment. Get full knowledge of the whole set value, various technical data and specification
before test.
(3) Invite the commissioning personnel from manufacturer to make the commissioning plan
together.
(4) Prior to the commissioning, only after wires are checked to be not defective, go on with further
steps.
(5) Use special apparatuses to check each detector, input and output module, controller and so on
which are powered. If deviation is found, treat on time until individual action is correct and all
qualified.
(6) After complete individual test, the system is put into operation for 120 hours. If no fault, fill out
test reports in accordance with the specification. Hand over to make the whole linkage test run.
(1) 系统调试应在建筑内部装修和系统施工结束后进行；
(2) 调试人员应在调试前，认真复核施工图及设备资料，必须作到对系统的整定值，各技术参数和
技术标准充分了解，方可进行调整试验；
(3) 邀请设备厂家的调试人员一起制定相应的调试方案；
(4) 系统调试前应先检查线路无误后方可进行下一步；
(5) 采用专用仪器对各个探测器、输入输出模块、控制器等筑个进行通电检查，发现问题及时处理，
直至各单体动作准确无误全部合格；
(6) 单体调试完毕，系统进行连续运行 120 小时试验，无故障后按规范填写调试报告，并可交付进
行总的联动试车。
3.10.2 通风空调系统施工方法 HVAC system system installation procedure
Installation of refrigerant pipe installation
冷媒管的安装
This item refrigerant pipe will use the brass welded connections.
a The copper tube connected by a socket brazing.
b The welding joint surface should remove oil and oxide film with the application of alcohol or
acetone. The surface can be polished by the emery cloth, the surface roughness will arrive 25 ~
50m without any vertical scratches.
c The pipe wall thickness of socket lap length should use the finished pipes according to the
three-quarters of the socket depth, and mark in the outer wall of the insertion tube.
d The spigot ring gap should be uniform, but it may not have grazing in the depth of three-quarters
of the joint.
e Before soldering copper pipe socket inside, clean up the outside jack of 30 to 50mm (depending
on pipe diameter may be) , use fine sandpaper to remove the oxide layer and remove oil, dirt, with
the cotton yarn during welding process:
(1) To control the flame from carbonation flame the neutral flame or Shaopian of reducing flame;
(2) Control the welding timing, brazing copper electrode just melt infiltration full socket gap and
exposed to full weld appearance after welding and cleaning the weld flow fall.
(3) f When we do welding, it should rise the weldment temperature uniformly, try to make the
weldment heating time shortly. The brazing finished welding could be moved under 300 ℃.
(4) g weld surface of oxides and welding flux should be removed, a 10% sulfuric acid or
hydrochloric acid cleaning, use warm water to scrub clean.
(5) h The waste liquid can not be indiscriminate discharge. The discharge should be a unified
collection and treatment to avoid damage the environment.
本项目冷媒管到采用铜管焊接连接的方式。
a.铜管连接采用承插钎焊。
b.焊接接头表面应用酒精或丙酮除去油污及氧化膜，表面可用砂布打光，表面粗糙度达到 25~50m，
第 129 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
不应有纵向划痕。
c.承插搭接长度，根据壁厚决定，采用成品管件时，以成品管件的承口深度的四分之三为准，并在
插入管的外壁标以记号。
d.承插口的环行间隙应均匀，在四分之三的接头深度内不得有碰擦。
e.焊接前，将铜管承口内侧、插口外侧 30~50mm（视管径而定）范围内清理干净，用细砂纸除去氧
化层，用棉纱除去油污、脏物。焊接过程中：
①要控制火焰为中性焰或稍偏还原焰即碳化焰；
②控制焊接时间，使钎料即铜焊条刚好熔渗满承插口间隙，并且外露焊缝外观饱满，焊接后，清理
焊口流坠。
f.焊接时应使焊件温度均匀上升，尽量使焊件受热时间短。钎焊完成后，焊件必须冷却到 300℃以下，
才可移动。
g.焊缝表面的氧化物和焊药应清除，可用 10%的稀硫酸或盐酸清洗，再用温水刷洗干净。
h.清洗废液不能随意排放，统一收集处理，避免破坏环境。
冷凝水管的安装
The installation of the condensate pipe
(1) The construction method
Due to the condensate pipe, UPVC pipe is bonding connection.
(2) QC points
1) When the installation of the condensate pipe is processing, the horizontal tube should be paid
attention aspect outfall, the slope is greater than or equal to 1.2%. The hose connection of the
condensate pipe should be strong without deflated tube and twist.
2) When the condensate pipe use "U" section pipe card, the card and tube mat set with rubber
pads to avoid the produce condensate caused by cold bridges.
3) The condensate pipe must do the irrigation test after installation.
（1）施工方法
因冷凝水管采用 UPVC 管，粘接连接。
（2）质量控制要点
1）冷凝水管安装时，水平管注意坡向排水口，坡度大于等于 1.2%。冷凝水管的软管连接时，连接
要牢固，不得有瘪管和强扭。
2）冷凝水管采用“U”形管卡时，管卡与管子之间必须垫置橡 垫，以免造成冷桥产生凝结水。
3）冷凝水管安装完毕后应做灌水试验。
4) grills, dampers and fittings installation
风口、阀、配件安装
HVAV grill, damper and fitting installation
空调风口、风阀及部件安装
The specification, type and material of grill and damper should bi in accordance with the design
and standard. All the fittings should have a product certificate, and the fire damper should
additionally have a product use license of local fire fighting authority.
风口、阀件规格、型号、材质应符合设计、规范要求。所有部件应有产品合格证，防火阀类产品应
有当地消防产品准用许可证。
The installation of grills should coordinate with decoration team, keeping the installation fasten,
and keeping smooth with the decoration face. If the decoration work has not been finished, use
adhesive tape or plastic film to make protection.
风口安装应配合装饰施工进行，安装应固定牢固，并与饰面结合紧密。安装后装饰工程未完成，应
贴不粘 带或塑料薄膜进行保护。
Before installation, check the products being free of paint-drop, distortion or damage and keep a
fine outside look. The damper should be open/close smoothly, and be marked with
opening-degree indication and installation direction. Regarding to the power-drive damper, the
第 130 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
electrical insulation test and the power-on test should be made.
安装前检查产品外观完整，无脱漆、变形或损伤。阀件应启闭灵活，并标明开度指示和安装方向。
电动阀门应进行电气绝缘测试和通电试验。
The damper installation work should be in the same step of the duct installation work, pay attention
to the air flow should be equal to the sign. The fire damper need an independence support, and
the supports should not influence the damper operation.
阀件安装应与风管安装同步进行，安装时要注意气流方向与标示一致。防火阀应单设吊架，所有吊
架不得影响阀件操作。
After the system installation being finished, mark “opened”, “closed” on the damper. Mark
the system number on the HVAC equipment (the same to construction drawing number).
系统安装完毕后，应在调节阀上注明“开”、“关”字样。在通风、空调设备上标注系统编号（与
施工图系统编号一致）。
6) HVAC equipment installation
通风空调设备安装
The AHU installation work should be after the exhibition curtain wall construction being finished
and the outside wall scaffolding being dismantled. Before installation, the reserved hole for AHU
on the side curtain wall plate should be cut, and the equipment support should be installation
finished. When installing, use vehicle crane to lift it onto the support and fix it. Before being
transported to the installation location, the equipment should not be casing-removed,the related
waterproof and anti-collision measures etc. should be taken in this period.
AHU 空调机箱在展厅幕墙侧墙板施工结束，外墙脚手架拆除完成后，进行安装。安装之前，幕墙侧
墙板 AHU 设备的预留孔已开孔完成，设备支架安装结束。安装时，利用汽车吊将设备吊至支架上安
装固定。设备在就位安装前不开箱,并做好防水、防碰撞等保护措施。
Fan Installation
通风机安装
The fan will be installed in this project include 3 types: roof-mounted, ground-mounted and ceiling
g-mounted. The roof-mounted fan should have rainproof measures, and the fix of which should be
fasten. The ground-mounted fan should be mounted by support from the ground, with rubber
anti-vibration mat being set between the support and the fan, iron-piece making it even and in right
place. The ceiling-mounted fan should take the anti-vibration support to install it.
本工程通风机有屋顶式安装、落地安装和天花板吊装三种。屋顶安装的风机应有防雨水措施，固定
牢固。落地安装通风机采用落地支架安装，支架与风机底座之间垫橡 减震垫，并用垫铁找平找正。
天花板吊装通风机安装采用减震吊架减震。
Fan lifting sketch
通风机吊装示意图
第 131 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
电焊连接
槽钢
梁
角钢
角钢
梁
钢板
膨胀螺栓
减震吊架
电焊连接
角钢或槽钢
7) The test and commissioning of HVAC system
通风与空调系统的调试
Equipment single commissioning
设备单机试运转
The equipment single commissioning is the check to the installation quality of the equipment itself,
it is the precondition of the system commissioning, only after the equipment commissioning is
safety and reliable, will the whole system stable commissioning be ensured.
设备单机试运转是对单体设备的安装质量的检测，它是整个系统调试的前提，只有设备运行的安全
可靠，才能保证整个系统的稳定运行
HVAC system coordination commissioning
空调系统联运
The HVAC system coordination commissioning test should be after the single commissioning,
which is a basis of the former. It is the integration examination and checking to the prophase
installation quality, an embodiment of if the final product could reach the design target and the
owner’s requirement. It is also a high integration technology work, which need many works to
coordinate well and the assistant of some other works.
空调系统联运试验是在单机试验合格的基础上进行的，同时也是对前期安装质量的综合检查和考核，
是最终产品能否达到设计指标、能否满足业主要求的体现，空调试调是一项综合性较强的技术工作，
需多种专业的密切配合和有关工种协同工作。
After the single commissioning finished, remedy and remove all the occurred matters and failures,
and to reach the requirement of system commissioning.
单体试运后，对出现的问题和故障已经整改和排除，并具备系统运行条件。
Draw the single-line rendering drawing according to the actual situation of the project, and mark
the dimension of the duct, the section location of the test point, air-supply (return) grill location, and
mark the parameters of designed air volume, air speed etc. at the same time.
按工程实际情况绘制系统单线透视图，并标明风管尺寸、测点截面位置、送(回)风口位置，同时标明
设计风量、风整等参数。
Open the fan to do air volume test and adjustment, firstly to test if the whole air volume reaches
the requirement of the designed one, with the result, if it failed to reach the reasons should be
found and to seek a way to resolved it. Afterward, use “basic grill adjustment way” or “air
volume equal-percentage distribution way” to adjust it from the furthest and most disadvantage
circle-line to the fan step by step. The actually tested air volume value should be no more than
15% difference of the design one, the sum of fresh-air and air-return volume should be
第 132 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
approximately equal to the whole air-supply volume.
开启风机进行风量测定与调整，先测总风量是否满足设计风量要求，做到心中有数，如达不到要求
应分析原因并制定解决办法。然后可采用“基准风口调整法”或“流量等比分配法”从系统最远、
最不利的环路开始，逐步调向通风机。风量的实测值与设计风量的偏差不大于 15%，新风量与回风
量之和应近似等于总的送风量。
The coordination commissioning test of the auto control system and testing meters.
自动调节系统及测试仪表联动检验：
After the auto control system commissioning test, an analysis should be done to the effect of
system normal commissioning, to found the factors that could influence the system adjustment
capability, and to estimate if it could reach the requirement of the design effect.
自动调节系统运行后，应对系统正常运行效果的分析，查明影响系统调节品质的因素，并判断能否
达到设计效果。
By test and commissioning, keep the dew-point temperature of HVAC system and all the
control-points of room temperature within the acceptable working scope of the design, and in
accordance with the designed air parameter.
通过调试应使空调系统的露点温度和室温的各控制点保持在设计允许的工作范围内。符合设计的空
气参数。
Commissioning with load:
带负荷综合测试：
The test and adjustment of the integration effect commissioning with working load of HVAC system
should be masterminded by the owner, the design and installation party should coordinate. All the
parts of HVAC and auto control system should be engaged in, for living air-conditioning system, it
is normally required that the commissioning should be lasted running no less than 24h.Test to find
if the integration target of system coordination running could reach the requirement of both design
and produce processing, if failed to reach, adjust it in the further step of the test.
空调系统带生产负荷的综合效能试验的测定和调整，应在建设单位的主持下，设计和安装单位配合
进行。空调及自控系统的所有环节全部投入，一般舒适性空调系统连续运转不小于 24 小时。测定系
统联动运行的综合指标是否满足设计与生产工艺要求，如果达不到规定要求时，应在测定中进一步
调整。
第 133 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
3.10.3Plumbing & Sanitary system 给排水系统
Plumbing & sanitary system construction process
给排水工程施工流程
施工准备
CONSTRUCTION
MOBILIZATION
预留预埋
PRE-RESERVED
PRE-EMBEDDED
支架加工制作安装
HANGERS & BRACKETS
PRE-FABRICATION & INSTALLATION
给水管道安装
WATER SUPPLY
PIPING INSTALLATION
干管安装
MAIN PIPE
INSTALLATION
立管安装
RISER PIPE
INSTALLATION
管道试压
PIPING SYSTEM
PRESSURE TEST
支管安装
BRANCH PIPE
INSTALLATION
管道试压
PIPING SYSTEM
PRESSURE TEST
室外管、井施工
PIPING & WELL INSTALLATION
AT OUTSIDE OF BUILDING
排水立管安装
DRAINAGE RISER
INSTALLATION
吊管安装
SUSPENDING PIPE
INSTALLATION
干管安装
MAIN PIPE
INSTALLATION
闭水通球试验
DRAINAGE PIPING
PASSING BALL& WATER TEST
支管安装
BRANCH PIPE
INSTALLATION
闭水试验
WATER TEST
卫生洁具安装
WARES
INSTALLATION
系统试压冲洗
PIPING SYSTEM
PRESSURE TEST & FLUSH
系统调试
SYSTEM TEST & COMMISSION
第 134 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
Plumbing & Sanitary System Construction Process Chart
给排水系统施工流程图
Main Construction Method
主要的施工方法
1) Pre-reserved & Pre-embedded 预留预埋
During pre-reserved & pre-embedded, site special foreman shall be familiar with construction
drawing and know every place to be pre-reserved & pre-embedded well so that he will mark the
place on the drawings and communicate with other specialties so as not to be re-installed before
starting to pre-reserve or pre-embed on site.
预留预埋施工准备期间，专业工长需认真熟悉施工图纸，找出所有预埋预留点，并做出标示，同时
与其他专业沟通，以免发生冲突返工。
Sleeve through brick wall shall be installed during the brick wall construction. At first, marks the
position on site according to the construction drawing, as soon as civil work reach the height of
sleeve, installs the sleeve and fixed well, then civil continues to construct. Steel sleeve through
concrete wall shall be installed during rebar work construction. According to design type of sleeve
whether it is waterproof or not, before rebar work starts seal concrete formwork, sleeve shall be
installed at designed position include height.
穿墙套管安装在土建专业在砌筑隔墙时，按专业施工图标高，几何尺寸将套管置于隔墙中，用砌块
找平后用砂浆固定，然后交给土建队伍继续施工。钢性套管安装：在钢筋绑扎好后，按照专业施工
图确定好套管的标高和几何尺寸放置钢性套管，找准确切位置后焊牢在周围钢筋上，如果需要气割
钢筋安装的，安装好后必须用加强筋加固，并做好防堵工作。
翼环
石棉水泥填实
⊿5
沥青麻丝填实
钢套管
钢管
挡圈
L(同墙原且≥200）
Detail of Water Proof Sleeve
防水套管安装示意图
2) Support & Brackets Installation
管道支架安装
All the supports & hangers are the factory-fabricated products. Before contacting the factory to
process, draw up the single-line Drawing to confirm the elevation & position of pipe rack and the
styles of supports & hangers. Under the allowed condition use the public supports as possible.
第 135 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
管道支吊架全部采用工厂成品系列，报计划与工厂加工前，先绘制单线图，确定管架标高、位置及
支吊架形式，同时与其他专业对图，在条件允许的情况下，尽可能的采用公用支架。
The supports & hangers for the pipe are mainly fixed with expansion bolts. Some pipe racks, which
bear more loads and cannot be fixed on the beam & column, shall be embedded & welded to fix.
The position for fixing the supports and hangers shall be on the beam & column as possible.
管道支吊架的固定以膨胀螺栓固定为主，对部分承受载荷较大而又无法在梁柱部位固定的管架采用
预埋焊接法进行固定。支吊架固定的位置尽可能选择固定在梁、柱等部位。
The supports shall be fixed hard. The depth into the structure and the welding of embedded
components shall meet designing requirement. The horizontal beam for support shall be level.
Each support shall be closely contacted with pipe.
支架固定必须牢固，埋入结构内的深度和预埋件焊接必须严格按设计要求进行。支架横梁必须保持
水平，每个支架均与管道接触紧密。
The supports shall be seriously fixed according to Design. The supports shall be fixed on buildings
or special structure hard.
固定支架的固定要严格按照设计要求进行，支架必须牢固的固定在构筑物或专设的结构上。
3) Pipe Installation
管道安装
UPVC Drainage Pipe Installation
UPVC 排水管安装
Construction Process:
UPVC 排水管施工工艺 ：
Actually measure on site --- Draw up the sampling drawing --- Inspect the material for acceptance
--- Prefabricate supports & hangers --- Install supports & hangers --- Prefabricate pipe --- Install
pipe --- Test pipe --- Seal & block pipe --- Ball test --- Connect the sanitary appliances --- hand-over
& inspect for acceptance
现场尺寸实测 → 绘制大样图 → 材料验收 → 支吊架预制 →支吊架安装 → 管道预制 → 管道
安装 → 管道试水 → 管口封堵 → 系统通球 → 洁具连接 → 交工验收
Construction procedure:
施工顺序：
From the lower to higher, the vertical pipe followed by the horizontal pipe, the main pipe followed
by the branch.
自下而上，先立管后横管，先主管后支管。
Coordinate the civil contractor to provide the holes & sleeve. The holes in toilet shall be provided
on researching the sizes of the related sanitary appliances and considering each size of wall,
painting, Fitout, etc., so as to avoid & decrease the leakage. The provided holes & sleeve shall be
carefully verified according to Drawing.
配合土建留洞及套管，对于卫生间留洞须先行研究卫生洁具相关尺寸，同时考虑土建的墙体、粉刷、
装饰等各项尺寸再行施工。避免留错留偏，减少楼板留洞处封堵不严而造成漏水遗憾。对于已留洞
及套管，应认真核对图纸。
The pipe will be installed after painting the wall, that advantageous not only to protect the products,
but also to position the pipe, so as to ensure the quality of project. At the interval of installation, the
open place shall be temporarily sealed to avoid the foreign matter into the pipe.
管道安装安排在墙面粉刷结束后进行，既利于成品保护，又能更好地进行管道定位，从而保证工程
质量。安装间断时敞口处采取临时封堵措施，避免杂异物进入管道，导致堵塞并影响使用。
第 136 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
Set up the cleanout & inspection holes on the pipe. While the pipes are installed in well & ceiling,
inform the civil & decorating contractors to set up the inspection holes. At the bottom of riser, shall
provide firm support for the riser refer to detail drawing:
管道设检查口或清扫口，凡安装在管井、吊顶内时，均通知土建及装饰设置检修门。立管在弯头部
位要设置牢固的支架，如图所示：
立
管
管
卡
横
管
支
墩
Detail of Drainage Riser Support
排水立管安装图
The expansion joint will be installed according to design and Code. The supports & hangers and
slope for/of pipe shall be constructed according to design. The part, which was not clearly
designed, shall be constructed with the approval of supervise engineer.
伸缩节的安装按设计及规范执行，管道支吊架、坡度均按设计要求做，设计不明确的部分征得监理
工程师同意后方能进行施工。
Since there is error possible for the height of each story and axial line, so actually measure on site
before the pipe is prefabricated, so as to avoid too much collected errors affecting the quality of
the project.
由于土建楼层高度及轴线可能存在偏差，在管道预制之前先进行现场实测，以免造成过大的误差积
累而影响工程质量。
The pipe is cut with fine rack saw. The end section of the pipe shall be level & vertical with the axial
line. After completing the cutting, remove the bur on the end section in time. Use the
medium-scale flat file to file the socket end to be 150-300 groove, the thickness of which shall be
decided to be 1/2~1/3 thickness of the wall. After filing the groove, remove the residual scraps. In
the course of connection the pipe and the fittings, insert the prepared depth marks in. And turn the
pipe in 90. The pipe cannot be knocked with hammer. After connection, clean the adhesive agent.
割管采用细齿锯，管端面平整并垂直于轴线，清除端面毛刺、裂痕、凹陷，插口处用中号板锉锉成
15º~30º 坡口，坡口厚度确定在壁厚的 1/2~1/3，锉完坡口后，清除残屑。管材及管件粘接过程中须
插入预先划好的深度标记，并将管道旋转 90º，不得用锤子击打，粘接后擦净挤出的 粘剂。
For protection of UPVC pipe, on one hand to educate the workers and strengthen the products
protection consciousness, on the other hand to do the hardware on site well. Before sealing the
pipe well, pay attention to temporarily covering the well at any time.
对 UPVC 管的成品保护工作常抓不懈，一方面教育工人加强成品保护意识，另一方面做好现场硬件
工作，如在管井尚未封闭之前，时刻注意在管井处加盖临时盖板。
第 137 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
4) Valve Installation
阀门安装
Prior to install valves, pressure test shall be done at least 10 percent of total quantity and not less
than one unit per group for same trademark、same size and same model. Intension test pressure
is 1.5 times working pressure and strictness test pressure is 1.1 times working pressure. Passing
pressure test, then take a record in time.
阀门安装前，应做强度和严密性试验。试验应以每批（同牌号、同规格、同型号）数量中抽查 10%。
且不少于一个，对于安装在主干管上起切断作用的闭路阀门，应逐个做强度和严密性试验。强度试
验压力为公称压力的 1.5 倍；严密性试验压力为公称压力的 1.1 倍，并做好阀门试验记录。
Prior to install valves, shall confirm whether valves size and model are accordance with design
requirement. The flow way marked on valves shall be same with fluid flowing direction. Installation
position shall be convenience for future maintenance and operation.
阀门安装时，应仔细核对阀件的型号与规格是否符合设计要求。阀体上标示箭头，应与介质流动方
向一致。阀门安装的位置应符合设计要求，便于操作和维修。
5) Pipe System Test
管道试压
Pipe system test shall be done separately according to different system. Pressure test shall be
approved before water supply pipe is concealed. After completion of one system installation, then
start to have system pressure test.
管道试压按系统分段进行，暗装给水管道在隐蔽前做好水压试验，管道系统安装完后进行整体水压
试验。
According to site condition for water supply and drainage system, confirm temporary water supply
point for subsection pressure test and drain off routine so as not to pollute other finished piping、
lines and equipments. Prior to pressure test, single line diagram for pressurizing system shall be
drawn out and that temporary blind board position and draining off point shall be shown on the
diagram clearly.
分段试压前应根据现场条件确定供水点，试压后的排水应有组织的排放，不得污染其他已施工完的
管、线、设备等。系统试压时应绘制试压系统图，按规定试验时设置盲板和排放口。
Monitoring pressure point shall be installed at the lowest point of piping system. Test pressure is
0.75Mpa for water supply system, 1.35Mpa for sprinkler & hydrant system. Under the test
pressure, pressure drop less than 0.02Mpa 10min later, then let the test pressure drop down to
working pressure and check all pipe system. If there is not any seep & leakage and pressure
keeps steady, that system pressure test shall be passed.
水压强度试验的测试点设在管网的最低点。试验压力为给水系统 0.75MPa，消防系统为 1.35MPa。
给水管道系统在试验压力下 10min 内压力降不应大于 0.02Mpa，然后降至工作压力进行检查，压力
应保持不变，不渗不漏为合格。
6) System flushing and sterilization
管道冲洗消毒
After piping system pressure test being approved, start to flush the system. Before hand-over this
project to the Owner, fill a little chloride of lime into water tank at basement and pump water into
piping system & store for 24h, then drain off. Next step, flush piping system continuously by using
clean water from city water system till the muddy、transparency、color and luster of water coming
out from piping system is almost same as feeding water and water sample to be approved by
Sanitation Epidemic Prevention Department.
管道试压完毕，即可做冲洗，在正式交工前，在地下水池内加入适量的漂白粉，注满管道 24 小时后
放净，再用自来水连续冲洗，观察出水口水质，当其清浊度、透明度、色泽与进水比较基本一致，
且送卫生防疫单位化验水质样本化验合格为止。
第 138 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
Regulate valve & strainer net and related piping instrument shall be removed away during
pressure test and flushing. Flushing water shall not be passed into all equipment. Piping system
being approved for flushing shall be concealed in time so as not to be polluted.
调节阀、过滤器的滤网及有关仪表在管道试压吹洗后安装。吹洗时水流不得经过所有设备。冲洗后
的管道要及时封堵，防止污物进入。
7) Watering Test & Ball Test
排水管道的通（闭）水试验
After installing the pipe, the watering tests & balls floating through test shall be done.
管道安装完毕后进行灌水及通球试验。
Watering Test
灌水试验
First confirm the height of the water, and then put the capsule slowly into the pre-confirmed depth
from the cleanout. Irrigate the water from a water inlet of the drainage pipe into the pipe to the
regulated level. Inspect each connection without any leakage. The test will be qualified if no
leakage happens in the connections.
采用球塞法做此项工作：先确定灌水高度，然后将 囊由检查口慢慢放入预定深度，由排水管某一受
水口向管道中注水至规定水位，检查各接口有无渗漏，以管道接口处不渗不漏为合格。
See the following figure for watering
test:
灌水试验见图：
通球试验
Ball Test
After the watering test is qualified, the
ball test shall be done. Tie a line to the
ball and throw the ball into the pipe and
irrigate a little water in. The test will be
qualified if the ball can smoothly pass
through. If the ball can’t pass through,
PVC-U管道检查口
胶囊
压力表
气筒
find out the blocked position according
to the length of the line in the pipe and
then handle it until the test is qualified.
在灌水试验合格后，先做通球试验，以不堵为合格。在 球上栓线，将 球投入管道，并注入少量的
水，球能顺利流出为合格；若球未流出，则根据牵入管道的连线的长度找到受堵处，然后进行处理，
直至通球试验合格。
9) Wares Installation
卫生洁具安装
The model and spec of wares shall be accordance with design requirement. Prior to install wares,
shall confirm whether there is any dilapidation and appearance of wares is smooth.
卫生洁具型号、规格必须符合设计之要求，在安装前应严格检查本体有否破损，表面是否光滑。
Wares shall be fixed well and smooth & no lean. The vertical tolerance is less than 3mm,
permission tolerance of row wares is not more than 3mm. Floor drain shall be installed at the
lowest point of toilet and cover of FD shall be 5mm lower than surrounding finishing ground level.
卫生洁具的固定必须牢固，平稳不倾斜，垂直度偏差不大于 3 毫米，成排洁具允许误差 3 毫米。地
漏安装在地面的最低处，其篾子顶面应低于设置处地面 5 毫米。
第 139 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
Quality of wares accessories shall be good and no leakage for those connection places. Tap shall
be handle conveniently and no leakage.
给水配件良好，连接口严密无渗漏。水嘴开启灵活，不漏水。
第 140 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
Volume 4 Quality Management Policy
第四卷
质量管理体系
Section 4.1 Quality Assurance & Management System
第 4.1 节 质量保证体系
4.1.1 Project Quality Assurance Objectives 工程质量目标
With strong support and cooperation of the owner and our strict management, we shall guarantee
one-time acceptance.
在业主的大力支持及配合以及我公司的严格管理下，确保一次性验收合格。
To realize our quality management objectives, we have established a set of quality assurance
systems that are under the leadership of the project director, the project manager, and the
construction manager, consists of experienced project quality inspection engineers, focuses on
the implementation of our quality management system and quality inspection procedures into the
five (5) areas of:
为了实现我们的管理目标，本公司建立了一套由项目经理负责，项目技术负责人、项目质量员具体
实施，公司技术质量、材料租赁和经营管理等部门配合监督检查的质量保证体系，为保证工程质量
提供了可靠的组织保证。
Key engineering work quality 关键设计工作质量
General workmanship quality 通用工艺质量
Material quality control before and after installation 安装前后的材料质量控制
System & equipment testing 系统和设备试验
Documentation control quality 文档控制质量
It is aimed to provide reliable organizational assurance for the project’s quality in all the above five
aspects.
提供可靠地团队从上述五方面保证项目的质量。
第 141 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
4.1.2 项目质量保证体系图 Quality Assurance Organization Chart
第 142 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
Section 4.2 Quality Assurance & Management System
第 4.2 节 质量保证和管理计划
4.2.1 Basis for Q/A Plan Preparation 质量保证体系编制依据
Quality requirements and objectives specified in construction bidding document of this project.
本工程施工招标文件所规定的质量要求和目标。
4.2.2 Guideline & Objective 质量方针及目标
Quality Objectives: Achieving 100% of quality inspection passing ratio for each and every individual
work item and work scope, according to GB Codes and client’s requirements.
质量目标 分部分项工程合格率 100%，满足业主的要求。
Quality Assurance Work Procedures & Specifications Refer to Section 2, 3 & 4
质量保证程序
Section 4.3 Quality Control Measures
第 4.3 节
质量控制措施
4.3.1 Guideline 概述
Quality control is required for products, equipment, materials, services, site conditions, and
workmanship, to ensure work of specified quality.
产品、设备、材料、服务、现场条件、作工都需要严格的质量控制，确保所完成的工作满足特定的质量
要求。
4.3.2 Workmanship 工艺
施工工作将由经过培训而且具有相应资质的工人来完成，以满足合同中要求的施工质量。
Work will be performed by persons trained and qualified to achieve the workmanship required by the
Contract Documents.
4.3.3 工厂测试记录 Factory Certified Test Logs
Factory test logs will be provided for all products which require documented quality control data. Such
logs will include the quality control inspector, test date, original performance and test data logs,
corrective action required, and final certified performance and test data.
所有需要质量控制数据的产品都将提供工厂测试记录。测试记录中应该包括检查员姓名、测试日期、最
初的性能和测试数据记录、采取的改进措施、最终产品性能以及测试数据。
Test data logs will be included with each shipment for every item that is included in the shipment,
enclosed inside waterproof clear plastic jackets suitable for placing in a standard three-ring binder.
第 143 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
每一批次的各种产品都应该带有测试数据记录。数据记录用防水透明塑料封装，然后存放在打孔文件夹
中。
Every product item will include the final certified performance and test data information shown on a
permanent nameplate, decal, or sticker located
for easy viewing.
每个产品都应该在明显位置安装标牌或者贴纸，上面注明该产品的最终性能和测试数据资料。
4.3.4 Manufacturers’Field Services 制造商现场服务
A technical supervisor will observe field conditions, quality of surface finishes and other field
conditions essential to use of the finished product.
如果产品需要由我司工人或非产品制造商的工人在现场安装或者组装，那么该产品的制造商将被要求派
遣合格的技术人员到现场监督安装或者组装工作。现场技术人员将检查现场环境、产品表面以及其他重
要事项。
During subsequent work activities by the installing workers, besides inspection by our field engineers,
the manufacturer’s technical supervisor will be required to provide periodic, timely inspection and
counseling to ensure system complies with factory requirements.
安装工人进行后续的施工工作期间，制造商的技术人员将被要求参与定期检查和指导，确保系统满足设
计要求。
Technical supervisor will submit a written report listing tasks performed, observations and finished
results.
制造商技术代表应该提交一份书面报告，详细列出所完成的工作、检查的结果和现场实际安装情况。
4.3.5 Testing Laboratory Services 实验室测试
Services of an Independent Testing Laboratory (“ITL”) to perform inspections, tests, and other
services required by regulatory agencies can be furnished by JianLi or PM CONSULTANT or Client if
they require.
政府部门要求的实验室测试工作由管理公司或者业主聘请独立的实验室来完成。
Services will be performed in accordance with requirements of governing authorities and with
specified standards.
测试工作将按照主管部门的要求以及特定的标准进行。
The testing laboratory provide the testing report, description, testing result to supervision company,
management company and the relevant sub-contractor to ensure if it meet the contract requirement or
special standard.
实验室将向监理公司，管理公司以及有关的分包商提供测试报告，说明检查、测试的结果，是否符合特
定的标准以及是否满足合同要求。如果测试结果为不合格，那么将立即采取整改措施，然后重新测试，
直到合格为止。
We will corporate with laboratory staff and provide tool, material sample, equipment.
我司将与实验室工作人员合作。提供工具、材料样品、设备、存储以及其他需要协助的内容。
第 144 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
We will arrange the plan with laboratory and pay the additional testing cost.
我司将与实验室安排好计划，为额外的测试支付费用。
The management company or the client maybe re-check some doubt items. We should corporate with
them if they request for re-checking work. If the testing result is not qualified, we will rectify
immediately and undertake all the cost from this default.
管理公司或业主可能要求重新检查存在疑问的工作，如果管理公司或业主要求这样做，那么我司提供配
合。如果检查结果证明不符合合同要求，那么我司将马上采取整改措施，并承担由此引起的一切费用。
4.3.6 Check and Test Records 检查测试记录
We will do well our documentation of testing report and take the measurement which is from
supervision, management company, client, design institute, testing company. The documentation
could prove the required testing and checking which are all finish (including type, number, default
specification, unqualified reason of checking or testing) and suggest the rectification method. We will
note the checking testing according to the technical specification.
我司将妥善记录所有完成的检查测试，从监理、管理公司、业主、设计单位、测试单位那里收到的指令
以及采取的相应措施。记录中将能够证明所要求的检查、测试已经完成（包括检查或测试的类型、编号，
缺陷的性质、不合格原因等），建议的补救措施以及采取的整改措施。我司将按照技术规格书的要求来
记录检查测试测试。
4.3.7
General Quality Specification for Construction and T&C 施工以及测试/调试质量说明
A. This chapter specified the general quality requirements to all of the construction, installation, test
and commissioning works.
本节说明了施工、安装、测试和调试工作的总体质量要求。
B. We will provide supply list and material list to management company and client before the
construction work in condition of contract signed. When it confirm the material, it’s forbidden to
change without proving by
management company and client.
合同签订后，开始施工之前，我司将尽快向管理公司以及业主提交供应商清单以及拟采用的材料表。
供应商以及材料一经确认，在没有得到管理公司和业主的批准情况下，不可以更改。
C. We will provide the ITP and detail checking list to management company before the construction
work in condition of contract signed. In the ITP document, it should clearly note all testing and
standard.
合同签订后，开始施工之前，我司会尽快将 ITP（检查测试计划）以及详细的检查表提请管理公司和业
主批准。ITP 中将清楚地说明施工过程中所需要的所有检查和测试以及合格标准。
D. We will provide equipment and material sample to the client for proving before the construction
work in condition of contract signed. We will provide sample room for proving if the management
company and client request before starting the construction work.
合同签订后，开始施工之前，将尽快向管理公司和业主提交拟采用的设备、材料样品以便业主批准。开
始施工之前，如果管理公司和业主要求，将提供样板间供业主批准。
第 145 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
E. Approved samples will be retained in sample room until the Completion of the Contract.
经过认可的样品将放在样品室保管，直到合同履行完毕。
F. During the progress of the Works parts thereof shall be inspected and approved by field
superintend prior to the proceeding with the Works. A schedule of inspections shall be worked out
prior to Commencement of the Works.
施工安装过程中，零配件在安装之前应该经过现场主管的检查和批准。开始安装工作之前，应编制检查
计划。
G.XXXXXXXXXXXX is responsible for the cost of repairing any damage done by him or his agents or
servants to all facilities including roads, footways, fencing, cables, pipes etc.
XXXX 工程公司承担所有被其员工或分包商损坏的设施的维修费用，包括道路、人行道、围墙、电缆、
管道等。.
H. 非经过管理公司或者业主的批准，所有的施工工作应该在干燥的环境中进行，除了那些需要在水中
或者其他液体环境下完成的工作。
Unless otherwise permitted by PM CONSULTANT and Client, all work shall be carried out, as near as
may be practicable in the circumstances, in dry conditions, except where the work is required to be
carried out in or with water or other fluids.
I. Permanent work, including materials for permanent work, will be protected by methods agreed by
PM CONSULTANT from exposure to weather conditions which may adversely affect the work or
materials.
永久性工作，包括永久性工作所需要的材料将被保护，防止直接暴露在雨雪等恶劣天气。
J. schedule for permission 送审计划
L. When contract signed, XXXXXXXXXXXX will provide our Client and EPCM company with a
permission schedule, as follows:
签订合同两周内，我司将向管理公司和业主提交一份送审计划，其中包括：
All documents and shop drawing 所有的资料和图纸
ITP and checklist 检查、测试计划和检查表
Sample and mock-ups plan,提交样品、样板间计划
Inspection plan 检测计划
For information and approval.供参考，供审核
K. The schedule of submissions will include all shop drawings, manufacturer’s data, type,, test
certificates, samples, prototypes, benchmarks, quality documents, testing and commissioning
documents and operation and maintenance manuals.
送审计划中应该包括所有的施工图（采购图纸）、制造商资料、类型、测试合格证、样品、模型、基准、
第 146 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
质量资料、测试和调试资料、操作和维护手册。
L. When the submission plan is accepted by the management company or the client, we will strictly
submit our material according to the plan.
计划一经管理公司和业主批准，我司将严格按照计划要求提交送审材料。
M. Each submission will be clearly identified by its unique submission number, title and date of
submission.
每一份送审材料将标明送审编号、标题和送审日期。
N. We will update the submission plan monthly with the latest plan to management company and the
client. The submission process will be marked. We will update the plan when the submission
document is back to us.
我司将在每月的第一天更新送审计划，并提交一份最新的计划给管理公司和业主。计划中将标明每份送
审资料的状态，送审资料返回后要及时更新送审计划。
O. Samples, Prototypes and Benchmarks 样品、模型和基准
P. The schedule of submissions shall indicate what samples, prototypes and benchmarks the
Contractor intends to submit. Sample is required for all of the materials or equipments used in this
project except special approval.
送审计划中应该说明承包商准备提交什么样的样品、模型和基准。除非经过特别批准，所有设备、材料
都需要提交样品。
Q. All samples and prototypes shall be clearly marked with the Contractor’s name, the unique
submission number and a brief description of the sample or prototype.
所有的样品、模型上都应该明确标明承包商名称、送审编号以及简要介绍。
第 147 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
R. All samples and prototypes will become the property of the Client.
所有样品和模型将归业主所有。
S. Approved samples, prototypes and benchmarks shall provide the minimum acceptable standard of
workmanship and quality for the Works.
经过批准的样品、模型和基准将作为今后施工质量的最低标准。
4.3.8 Quality Documentation 质量文件
Contractor’s quality inspections of the Works shall be carried out for all of the works, as a minimum,
once a week, the Contractor’s Quality Manager shall submit a signed “Inspection Report” for each
inspection undertaken. Inspection Reports shall be submitted within 48 hours of the inspection.
承包商至少每周要检查一次其所有的施工工作。承包商的质量经理应该在每次检查结束后提交一份签署
的《检查报告》。《检查报告》应该在每次检查结束后 48 小时内提交。
Contractor has responsibility to keep all of the quality documents and inspection records in his office
for review at any time.
承包商负责保存所有的质量文件和检查报告，以便随时检查。
After completion of the contracts, one set of copy of all of the quality documents and quality records
will be transfer to PM CONSULTANT and Client.
合同履行完毕后，将所有的质量文件和记录移交给管理公司和业主。
Section 4.4 Corrective ＆ Preventive Action
第 4.4 节 更正&预防措施
4.4.1
Guideline 概述
This process ensures that all such activities are approved, monitored and appropriately implemented
through a system of:
该程序通过以下系统保证所有这些措施都能经过批准、监督并适当执行：
Investigation to determine the cause of non-compliance;
调查不符合项的产生原因；
Analysis of the affected and allied processes and performance monitoring to provide data to seek
continuous improvement;
分析受影响的联合流程和执行监督，为寻求持续改善提供资料；
Selection of the appropriate corrective action;
选择合适的更正措施；
第 148 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
Review of the effectiveness of corrective action taken;
审查采取的更正措施的效率；
Recording changes resulting from the approved and effective corrective actions;
记录因更正措施而产生的变更；
Come to agreement with the client where possible.
尽可能与业主达成一致
4.4.2 Corrective Action Maybe Initiated By: 更正措施可能从以下措施着手
Deficiencies or non-compliance found during site inspection
现场检查中发现的不足和不符合项；
Investigation of CLIENT Complaints.
业主投诉调查。
4.4.3 Corrective Action 更正措施
The Project Team is responsible for initiating action in accordance with the Quality Assurance Plan
and Management System, Any member of the project management team identifying a
non-conformance can submit requests for corrective action (usually a non-conformance instruction
will be issued to the relevant trade subcontractor).
项目团队有责任根据质量控制计划和管理系统开展措施，项目管理团队的任何成员如有发现不合格的项
目均可以提交要求采取更正措施（通常会向相关分包商发出不合格项指示）。
A register of all client complaints on quality shall be recorded and maintained and reasonable
responses shall be coordinated to them to ensure that they are adequately evaluated and processed.
应记录和维护所有客户质量投诉并协调合理回复以保证充分评价和处理投诉。
Client complaints on quality shall always be investigated to establish whether or not corrective action
is appropriate. Records are maintained throughout the corrective action process to ensure that it is
implemented, the handling information including correction actions to be reported to the client timely.
一定要对客户质量投诉做出调查以确定是否需要开展更正措施。在整个更正措施过程中应维护记录以确
保该措施的执行，且将其处理信息包括更正措施及时地反馈给客户。
第 149 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
4.4.4 Precautions 预防措施
Such sources of information include;该类信息资源包括
Experiences of similar projects;
类似项目经验；
Common quality deficiencies in China;
国内常见质量缺陷；
Results of internal audit on quality;
内部质量审计结果；
External comments or assessment on quality;
外部质量评估或评论；
Quality records;
质量记录；
Client’s complaints;
客户投诉；
Results of implemented corrective actions;
更正措施的执行效果；
Non-conformance report
不符合项报告
The resource should pass the QC before executive the construction work. The preparation work will
be done by our company and the relevant contractor.
这些资源由项目管理团队审查决定在执行施工之前通过选用预防措施消除质量和操作问题需要采取的
步骤。预防措施由我司或相关承包商编制并执行。
Where preventative actions are taken, the appropriate controls shall be documented and implemented
to ensure that the actions taken are effective. The results of preventative actions shall form part of the
management review in assessing the quality performance and improvement of trade contractors.
采用预防措施时应记录并执行恰当控制以保证采取的措施的有效性。预防措施的运用结果是评估质量指
标和提高承包商的管理审查的一部分。
4.4.5 整改清单和整改清单的完成 Punch List & Remedies
第 150 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
We will build and maintain the feedback list during the construction process. Most of defects will be
rectified before the last checking to reduce the schedule of rectification.
我司将在施工过程中建立和维护缺陷跟踪单（不符合跟踪单），大多数缺陷都会在最后检查前更正，这
将减少整改清单的处理时间。
At the completion of the work, we will perform a pre-punch inspection and will issue work lists to be
completed, generally within a one-week time frame. A follow-up inspection will be performed to
confirm that these items have been corrected prior to notifying Client that the project or portion of the
project is ready for punch list development.
The rectification work will be the mainly work when the client gives us the rectification list. Our project
management team will re-check all the updated items which are provided by the professional
construction team. Then we will inform the client that the rectification work is done for the client
re-checking and confirm.
完成作业时，我们将进行整改清单预检，一般在一周期限内列出作业清单。后续检查将确认这些项目已
经更正，然后再通知业主可以就整个项目或部分项目提出整改清单。
一旦业主发出整改清单，整改工作将成为项目团队的主要工作。当现场专业施工团队报告提交更正的项
目已经完成，我司项目管理团队将重新检查这些项目以确认整改完成。然后通知业主整改清单上项目已
经完成整改，业主可以再次检查和确认。
Volume 5
HSE Execution Plan
第五卷
健康、安全、环境（HSE）实施计划
Section 5.1 Purpose, Policy and Commitment of HSE
第 5.1 节 HSE 管理方针、承诺和目标
XXXXXXXXXXXX 公司的 HSE 管理承诺书：XXXXXXXXXXXX HSE control guarantee letter：
XXXXXXXXXXXX will give protection to all the staff members and workers and the people of the
Client, XXX from within safety, environment and health scope by realizing and improving HSE control
system. Provide necessary resources to advance construction technology, have an elaborate division
of process control in order to complete the project with high quality and safety in due time.
XXXXXXXXXXXX 公司通过实施持续改进的项目施工安全、环境和健康管理体系，对参与本项目施工的
全体员工、业主 XXXX 及我们所在区域的公众在安全、环境和健康上给予保护。通过创造安全的工作环
境，提供必要的资源，改进施工技术，细化过程管理，准时、高质量、安全地完成项目。
（1）Full compliance with the domestic and foreign relevant laws, regulations and standard of the
industry requirements, all construction activities in the security environment and health applicable
laws and regulations permit within the scope of the, in all business in HSE field of consistent attitude.
完全遵守国内、外相关的法律、法规和行业标准的要求，所有施工生产活动都在安全环境和健康适用法
律法规许可的范围内进行，在所有业务领域对 HSE 的态度始终如一。
1）Every member from XXXXXXXXXXXX must not shirk responsibility for HSE control affairs. We
shall take effective scientific training method to raise HSE control consciousness and quality of the
workers XXXXXXXXXXXX 公司的每位员工都对 HSE 管理事务有不可推卸的责任，我们将采取科学有
第 151 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
效的培训方式，提高员工的 HSE 管理意识和 HSE 管理素质。
.
2）XXXXXXXXXXXX shall provide necessary manpower, material and financial resource to
steadily improve the workers’ working condition and environment for the sake of fulfilling our HSE
control target.
XXXXXXXXXXXX 公司将提供必要的人力、物力和财力资源，不断改善员工的工作条件和环境，以
实现我们的 HSE 管理目标。
3）XXXXXXXXXXXX shall encourage the workers to make contributions to HSE control by
reward.
XXXXXXXXXXXX 公司将对在项目 HSE 管理方面做出突出贡献的员工进行表彰、奖励。
4）XXXXXXXXXXXX final purpose is to seek for no accident, no harm to the workers’ health and
no destruction to the natural environment.
XXXXXXXXXXXX 公司的最终目的，就是追求不发生事故、不损害员工健康、不破坏自然环境。
（2）项目 HSE 管理方针 HSE control policy
Safety first, Prevention first, full mobilization to make comprehensive treatment
安全第一，预防为主；全员动手，综合治理；
Improve environment, take good care of health, control scientifically and develop continuously.
改善环境，保护健康；科学管理，持续发展。
（3）HSE control objective
Zero Fatalities
Zero DAFW(LTA)
Zero Recordable Injuries
项目 HSE 管理目标
死亡事故为零
损时事故为零
可记录事故为零
Zero Environmental Mishaps 环境事故为零
Zero Fires
Zero Vehicle Accident
火灾事故为零
车辆事故为零
Section 5.2 HSE organization chart
第 5.2 节 HSE 组织体系
（1）HSE organization chart HSE 管理组织机构
XXXXXXXXXXXX will establish HSE commission to supervise, inspect and instruct HSE work. At the
same time, associating with XXX, do a good job to conduct risk work control and XXX’s general HSE
control. The organization chart is as follows:
XXXXXXXXXXXX 公司成立 HSE 委员会，对本项目的安全、环境与健康实行监督、检查和指导，同时配
合 XXXX 做好危险作业管理和 XXXX 总体 HSE 管理。组织机构图如下：
第 152 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
Project Manager
项目经理
Company’s safety
organization 公司
安全机构
HSE Manager
安全经理
HSE Engineer
安全工程师
HSE control
commission 管理委员
Medical service
医疗服务
Medical worker
医务人员
Site medical
service 现场医疗点
supervisor/trainer
监督/培训
HSE
supervisor/trainer
监督/培训员
Specialty engineer
专业工程师
Site security
现场保安
Safeguard
保卫人员
Traffic contoller
交通管理人员
Emergency
group 应急小组
（2）Duty and Responsibility 职责
1）Project manager 项目经理
1 Implement HSE policy, regulations and rules of the national and local governments and Group
Corporation, and the HSE control requirements of XXX and HSE management system document of
our company.
贯彻国家、地方政府和集团公司的各项 HSE 管理政策、法规、规定，XXXX 的 HSE 管理要求和公司
的 HSE 管理体系文件。
2 Organize HSE control system for improvement of work.
负责组织本项目 HSE 管理体系的建立、完善工作。
3 Hold HSE meetings to investigate and solve the problems existed in HSE control work.
主持召开本项目 HSE 管理委员会会议及 HSE 管理例会，及时研究解决 HSE 管理工作存在的各项问题。
4 Organize and develop HSE training and HSE activity for this project.
负责组织开展本项目的 HSE 管理培训和 HSE 管理活动。
5 Conduct internal supervision and inspection of HSE work to treat the hidden dangers
第 153 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
immediately if found and to improve working condition continuously.
负责组织本项目的 HSE 管理内部监督检查，及时进行隐患治理，不断改善施工作业环境条件。
6 Organize investigation, analysis, treatment and report work for accident.
组织事故的调查、分析、处理和上报工作。
2）Project HSE Manager HSE 经理职责
1 Conduct HSE control work within his scope of work, supervise construction department to
implement HSE duty and responsibility.
负责分管业务范围内的 HSE 管理工作，督促分管业务部门履行其 HSE 职责。
2 Organize construction department to execute HSE system document, solve the important
problems during performance of HSE control system.
组织分管业务部门贯彻执行 HSE 管理体系文件，解决 HSE 管理体系运行中的重大问题。
3 Periodically prepare HSE work objective and plan within his scope and organize execution.
定期制定分管范围内 HSE 工作目标和计划，并组织实施。
4 Periodically hold and participate in HSE meeting, summarize and arrange HSE work.
定期主持召开分管范围内的 HSE 工作会议，及时总结、布置 HSE 的实施工作。
5 Periodically organize HSE inspection within the scope of work, rectify the important hidden
accident risk.
定期组织对分管范围内的 HSE 检查，落实重大事故隐患的整改。
6 Organize and investigate treatment result for the important accident within the scope of work.
组织对分管范围内重大事故和恶性未遂事故的调查处理。
7 Assist project manager in HSE control work.
协助项目经理进行 HSE 管理决策。
3） HSE engineer duty and responsibility HSE 工程师职责
1 Conduct overall HSE work of the project department in the field of technology.
在技术上对本项目部 HSE 工作全面负责。
2 Strengthen HSE technical administration, positively adopt advanced technology and
protective equipment, organize, investigate and implement rectification plan for important hidden
accident and environmental treatment plan.
加强 HSE 技术管理，积极采用先进技术和防护装备，组织研究落实重大事故隐患整改方案和有毒有
害环境治理方案。
3 Examine HSE technical measure of the project department and assure its practical use.
审查项目部 HSE 管理技术措施项目，保证技术上切实可行。
4 Participate in investigation for important accident, organize technical force in analyzing,
determining the reason of accident and suggest technical improvement measure.
第 154 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
参加重大事故调查，组织技术力量对事故进行技术原因分析、鉴定，提出技术改进措施。
4）Full time HSE supervisor in the project department 项目部专职 HSE 监督员
1 Supervise and inspect HSE execution condition at worksite.
负责施工现场 HSE 管理的监督检查工作。
2 Give HSE training to the new comers into the site.
负责员工进入现场前的 HSE 管理教育和岗位 HSE 管理教育。
3 Supervise, inspect and guide weekly HSE activity and give a safety talk on toolbox meeting
prior to work.
监督、检查和指导班组每周的 HSE 活动及班前安全讲话。
4 Conduct HSE round inspection and supervision during work, correct the violation of HSE
immediately; urge HSE inspection and rectification of hidden risk. Authorized to give order of stop
working immediately in case of emergency.
负责施工过程的 HSE 巡回检查、监督，及时纠正违章和失职行为，督促检查隐患整改，遇有紧急情
况有权令其停止作业。
5 Participate in HSE inspection and accident investigation and treatment work of the project
department.
参加本项目的 HSE 检查及事故的调查处理工作。
5）Arrangement of Resources 资源配置
1 Arrangement of HSE finance
HSE 管理资金配置
In order to effectively execute and develop HSE control work, project department will provide
sufficient finance to HSE group and assure HSE work.
为满足 HSE 管理的有效实施和可持续发展，项目部必须为 HSE 管理组提供足够的资金保证。
2 Arrangement of HSE Manpower Source
HSE 管理人力资源配置
A、Arrange one safety engineer for the daily HSE control work.
XXXXXXXXXXXX 公司将配置 1 名安全工程师，负责 HSE 管理组的日常管理工作；
B、According to the manpower mobilization plan, allocate a full-time HSE supervisor in 50
manpower during work and adequately increase full-time safety supervisors according to actual work
condition.
根据项目施工劳动力计划，在项目施工期间配备不少于劳动力 1/50 的项目部专职 HSE 监督员，并
根据现场作业点的分布情况可适当增加专职安全监督员的数量；各班组安全监督员由班组长兼职；
C、Prepare one or two trained and qualified first-aid persons to conduct first-aid work and submit
the information of first-aid persons to XXX for registration.
配备 1~2 名经过培训的合格的急救人员负责管理和处理急救事故，并将急救人员的资料上报 XXXX
登记。
第 155 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
3 Arrangement of HSE material sources HSE 管理物力资源的配置
Provide adequate office occupancy, office utility and equipment, prepare necessary testing
instruments and radiographic meter, noise tester, gas detector, inflammable gas alarm, protective
equipment, masks and protective glasses, etc., vehicle such as site ambulance. Provide necessary
material, tool and equipment resources that can meet HSE requirements.
为适应 HSE 管理需要，XXXXXXXXXXXX 公司为 HSE 管理组门和 HSE 管理人员提供适宜的办公场所和办
公用品及设备，并配备必要的检测仪器如射线剂量仪、噪声测定仪、有毒有害气体探测仪、可燃气体测
定报警仪等，防护用品如防毒面具、防护镜等，交通工具如现场救护车等物力资源；XXXXXXXXXXXX 公司
提供能够达到 HSE 要求的物资、机具的设备等物力资源。
Section 5.3
HSE training
第 5.3 节 HSE 教育和培训
Give the workers HSE training to heighten their HSE consciousness. No one who is not given
HSE training will be allowed into the site.
HSE 教育和培训是提高员工 HSE 素质的重要手段，应贯穿于整个施工过程，未经 HSE 教育和培训的
任何人不得进入现场从事施工作业。
（1）Training content within XXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXX 公司内部培训内容
All the construction workers from XXXXXXXXXXXX should receive relative HSE training by the
company:
XXXXXXXXXXXX 公司所有施工人员均应接受公司相关 HSE 培训：
1）Basic HSE knowledge training, full-time supervisor’s HSE training, foremen’s training, special
craft worker’s training, personal protective equipment.
全员 HSE 管理基本知识培训；专职 HSE 监督员的 HSE 培训；班组长培训；特种作业人员培训、个人
防护用品；
2) XXX’s jobsite plan and safety regulation; local and XXX’s HSE management rules and
requirements.
XXXX 现场规划、安全规程的要求；地方和 XXXX 的 HSE 管理规定和要求；
3）Training for accident prevention measure during construction.
施工作业中易发事故和防范措施教育；
4）Hazard analysis and control report, site emergency preparation plan and treatment measures.
危害分析与控制报告；现场应急预案和处理措施；
第 156 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
5）Healthy, self-aid, first-aid and mutual-aid basic education.
卫生保健、自救、急救和互救的基本常识教育；
6）Occupational disease, local disease and common disease protection education (especially
according to the local and construction features).
职业病、地方病及常见病的防护常识教育（特别针对地方和施工特点进行）；
7）Construction safety precaution, environmental and healthy requirement.
施工安全注意事项和环境保护、健康状况的要求；
8）Fire proofing, aerial work drop prevention, construction electricity and water, lifting and
signaling regulation.
施工作业安全防火、预防高处坠落、施工用电、施工用水、起重吊装及标识管理规定等。
（2）Method of re-training performed by XXXXXXXXXXXX Safety Officer
XXXXXXXXXXXX 安全专员系统再培训方式
All the members into the site should accept XXX safety orientation and XXXXXXXXXXXX safety
training for a time no less than 4 hours. The trained members should sign the safety responsibility
guarantee with the project department.
凡进入施工现场的 XXXXXXXXXXXX 公司员工必须脱产接受 XXXX 的安全培训和 XXXXXXXXXXXX 公司的
现场安全教育，教育时间不得少于 4 小时，接受教育的有关必须与项目部签订安全责任书
Section 5.4 Inspection and Supervision
第 5.4 节 检查与监督
Inspect and supervise the operation of HSE control system, immediately find and solve problems
and defects existed in HSE control to assure realization of HSE objectives.
对 HSE 管理体系的运行实施检查、监督，及时发现和解决 HSE 管理中存在的问题和缺陷，确保 HSE
目标的实现。
（1）Inspection and supervision content 检查、监督的内容
1）Preparation and execution of HSE control measures HSE 管理措施的制订、实施情况；
2）Arrangement of HSE control resources HSE 管理资源的配置情况；
3）Work healthy control during construction
施工过程的职业卫生管理情况；
4）Site working environment control 施工现场作业环境管理情况；
5）HSE control measure record and context HSE 管理措施台帐和 HSE 管理措施文本；
6）HSE control measure presentation record and context
HSE 管理措施交底台帐和 HSE 管理措
施交底文本；
7）HSE control report HSE 管理过程控制记录；
8）Internal and external inspection record, problem treatment and rectification record 管理的内外
部检查台帐及查出问题、隐患的治理、整改记录；
第 157 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
9）HSE training record and plan, training record and effective qualification certificate document
HSE 培训台帐和培训计划、培训记录及有效资格证明文件。
（2）Rectification of hidden accident and inspection
隐患整改及验证
1）Prepare rectification measures for the hidden accident modification order issued by XXX and
special HSE inspection department. And organize rectification activity within limited time.
对于 XXXX 、监理组织的专项 HSE 检查签发的隐患整改通知单，由 XXXXXXXXXXXX 公司项目部负责制
定整改措施，限期组织整改。
2）After rectification, re-inspect it by HSE supervisor of the project department.
检查查出的隐患进行整改后，由项目部 HSE 监督员负责进行隐患整改情况的验证。
3）Inspection record 检查记录
After each inspection, inspection header will collect and adjust the inspection documents for file.
每次检查后，检查负责人应负责对检查资料进行收集、整理，实施归档管理
1 HSE inspection plan HSE 检查计划；
2 Rectification notice for hidden accident 事故隐患整改通知单；
3 Response notice of rectification for hidden accident 事故隐患整改回执单；
4 HSE inspection record HSE 检查台帐；
5 HSE inspection and treatment report
HSE 检查处理报告。
Section 5.5 Site HSE control
第 5.5 节 现场 HSE 管理
（1）Temporary facilities control 施工临设管理
Normalize settlement of temporary facilities area; strengthen temporary facilities control; keep the site
in a clean and good condition.
规范临设区的设置，加强临设管理，使现场保持整洁有序的环境。
（2）Temporary facilities area will be set up within the permitted area and make full use of the
natural or original exploited area for the sake of reducing occupation area.
临设区应建在允许的区域内，并尽可能利用自然的或原有的开辟地，减少占地面积。
（3）Safety requirement in the temporary facilities area 临设区的安全要求
1）Fire proofing requirement 防火要求
第 158 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
1 Provide sufficient quantities of fire extinguishers in the temporary warehouse, electric
distribution room, office, which will be controlled by the special person.
临时仓库、配电房、办公室内应配备足够数量的灭火器材，专人管理；
2 no smoking and hot work are allowed in the warehouse, inflammable and explosive material
yards.
存放易燃、易爆物品场地、仓库不允许吸烟、动火，严禁将火种带入其内；
2）Electricity requirement 用电要求
1 Allocate a special electrician responsible for installation, zeroing and grounding connection of
electric circuit and electrical equipment in temporary facilities area, and inspection and repair.
配备专业电工负责临设区电气线路、电气设备的安装、接地接零和检查维修；
2 In the electrical circuit, provide overload, short-circuit and electric shock protective devices
电气线路有过载、短路、触电保护装置；
3 Keep clean in the transformer room with warning signal of fire-proofing and electric
shock proofing.
变电房应保护清洁，有防火、防触电警告标志；
（4）HSE tagging control
HSE 标识管理
Carry out HSE tagging control work; provide potential danger warning and control to assure safe
work.
实施 HSE 标识管理，提供施工环境潜在危险警示和控制，确保施工作业安全，预防事故发生。
第 159 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
1）The basic form of signing and tagging is divided into two kinds i.e. tag plate and tag
标识的基本形式分为标识牌、标识带两种：
1 HSE signing applicable scope
HSE 标识牌适用标识范围
A、Formal HSE signing applicable scope
正规性 HSE 标识牌的适用标识范围：
a、Potential danger work position and area 具有潜在危险的施工部位和场所；
b、Hazardous storage at site 仓库和施工现场的危险品存放场所。
B、Informal HSE signing applicable scope 非正规性 HSE 标识牌的适用范围
a、Temporary work area signing 临时性的工程部位标识；
b、Temporary work warning signing 临时性的作业警示标识。
2 Tagline applicable scope 标识带的适用标识范围
A、Around the equipment and pump installation area 机泵类安装作业现场周围；
B、Around the removal work area 拆除作业现场周围；
C、Around hydraulic test area 试压作业场地周围；
3 signing control requirementHSE 标识管理要求 HSE
A、The formal HSE signing and tagline within the work scope will be prepared a procurement plan
第 160 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
by HSE control group and procured by material procurement department.
施工生产范围内正规性 HSE 标识牌和标识带，由 HSE 管理组负责提出采购计划，设材部负责购置，
HSE 管理组负责发放并组织实施；
B、The informal temporary HSE signing within the work scope will be fabricated by construction
team.
施工范围内的非正规性临时 HSE 标识牌，由施工队负责制作和实施；
C、HSE control group is responsible for supervision, inspection and implementation of HSE
signing
HSE 管理组负责 HSE 标识的监督检查和实施；
D、HSE signing should not be removed or damaged without notice. If loss and damage are found,
immediately replace a new one. The worker who forces to damage it should be punished according to
regulation.
HSE 标识不得擅自拆除或损坏，若发现缺损，应按要求及时更换，故意损害者，应按规定进行处罚。
（5）劳动保护用品管理 PPE control
PPE includes working clothes, safety helmet, special protective overalls, working shoes, gloves,
glasses, earplugs and filtered masks, etc.
本项目施工范围内的劳动保护用品主要包
括工作服、安全帽、特殊防护服、防护鞋、防护
手套、护目镜、耳塞和过滤面具等。
1）PPE application requirement 劳动防护
用品的使用要求
1 All the workers into the construction
site should wear PPE according to regulations.
进入施工生产区域的所有员工，必须按规定穿戴
劳动防护用品、用具；
必须佩戴安全帽
第 161 页
正确戴好安全帽
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
2 The workers whose work will injure their eyes should wear goggles and masks.
从事具有伤害眼睛工作的员工，均应戴护目镜、面罩等防护用品；
3 The workers who work with chemical test agents should wear rubber gloves and aprons and
other protective equipment.
从事接触含刺激或损害皮肤的化学试剂工作的员工，均应按规定配戴橡 手套、防护围裙及其它适
合的防护用具；
4 Working under such a condition as noise exceeding 85 dB, should use earplugs or other
effective protective measures.
在噪声超过 85 分贝环境下工作时，应戴耳塞或采取其它有效的防护措施；
5 Working under smoking and powder dust condition, should wear filtered mask
在烟雾和粉尘环境下工作时应佩戴过滤面具；
6 Working under the condition of 1.8 meters high above ground, workers should wear safety
harness of double hook buffer belt.
当在高于 1.8 米以上环境工作时应配带五点/全身/双钩/缓冲式安全带；
第 162 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
7 Wear long-sleeved shirts at worksite. No shorts are allowed.
在施工现场应穿长袖衫，严禁穿短裤；
8
Only the worker passing training
can
wear
special
aspirator
equipment
只有经过培训合格的人员才能佩戴特殊的呼吸设备。
（6）Firefighting 消防
1）Firefighting chief 消防负责人
1 HSE group appoints a full-time chief responsible for site firefighting work.
HSE 管理组应设专人负责现场的消防工作；
2 Firefighting chief responsibility 消防负责人的职责：
A、Check if the fire extinguisher is placed in a suitable position and operative.
检查灭火器是否摆放到合适的位置和可否操作；
B、Check if the rubbish and inflammables on the ground are cleared away every day.
检查是否每天把工地上的垃圾和易燃物清走；
C、Check if all the lamp and equipment are shut off according to requirement.
检查是否按要求把所有的照明灯和设备关掉；
D、Report to the relevant department for potential fire danger.
向有关部门汇报可能的火灾危险。
2）Fire extinguisher 灭火器
1 Equipped with a certain quantity of fire extinguishers in the following areas during
construction.
施工期间以下部位要备有一定数量的灭火器：
A、Temporary warehouse, rest room, workshop, carpenter’s shed, smoking exhaustion area, etc.
第 163 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
临时库房、休息室、工作间、木工房、排烟区等；
B、tank and building during work 施工中的罐区、建筑物；
C、Welding and cutting areas during work.施工所属焊接、切割区域；
D、Other area designated by XXX.由 XXXX 指定的其它区域。
2 Fire extinguishers should be in good condition. The used and empty fire extinguishers should
be immediately replaced.
灭火器必须得到良好的维护，应立即更换使用过或空的灭火器。
（7）Wastes treatment 废物处理
1）Rubbish and wastes should be removed after approval by XXX.
垃圾、废物和其它不需要的材料的处理方式必须征得 XXXX 认可方可进行；
2）burning rubbish is not allowed 严禁随意燃烧垃圾；
3）when handling, storing and treating special wastes with hazard, pollution or radioactivity, report
to XXX before 24 hours, take preventive measures and make special arrangement.
需要搬运、贮存和特殊处理的有害、污染或辐射性的废物，在实施搬运、贮存和特殊处理之前 24
小时，应向 XXXX 呈交有关的危险细节、采取预防措施以及所作的特殊安排；
4）Flammable wastes should be placed in a metal container far away from the fire source.
易燃废物（浸油、油脂废物）必须放置在离火源尽可能远的安全的金属容器内；
5）Hazardous wastes should be stored and handled more stricty according to national standard or
local rules and regulations
有害废物（如含石棉、铅等）必须按照国际标准或地方规则是相对更严格的要求进行贮存和处理；
Section 5.6 HSE control for construction work
第 5.6 节 施工作业的 HSE 管理
（1）HSE preparation for Construction 施工作业的 HSE 管理准备
1）Layout the site arrangement according to construction organization design arrangement plan.
施工作业现场应按施工组
1 Make water, electricity and road smooth and unblocked to meet work requirement.
第 164 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
施工作业现场水电、道路应畅通，满足施工作业需要；
2 The temporary facilities for work should be reasonably arranged and fix the placing location
for construction equipment.\
施工临设应合理设置，施工机具应定置摆放；
3 Materials and equipment should be stacked and kept in assortment and carry out tag control
according to regulation.
物资、器材应分区分类堆放保管，并按规定实施标识管理。
2）Preparation before work 施工前的准备
1 All the workers should accept HSE training: the workers should be trained for qualification and
get work permit. Before work, HSE supervisor of the project department give them HSE presentation
and fill in HSE presentation record.
参加施工的作业人员，应经 HSE 管理基本知识培训合格：要求持证上岗作业人员，应经培训合格并
取得相应资格后持证上岗；施工作业前，项目部 HSE 监督员应负责对参加施工作业人员进行施工作业 HSE
交底，并填写 HSE 交底记录。
2 According to XXX’s requirements, the project department HSE chief will regulate the
procedure of HSE control.
项目部 HSE 负责人按照 XXXX 的要求，及时调整项目部 HSE 管理的各项环节。
3）Hot work control 用火管理
1 Scope of hot work control 用火管理范围
A、Construction site 施工现场
B、Site warehouse and material yards 施工现场的仓库和材料堆放场。
2 Content of hot work control 用火管理作业内容
A、Various welding, cutting and sandblasting work 各种焊接、切割和喷砂作业；
B、Proofing and lining work 防腐、衬里作业；
C、Chemical washing and degreasing work 化学清洗及脱脂作业；
D、Heat-treatment and chemical testing work 热处理作业和化学检测作业；
E、Flame pipe cutting and asphalt heating work 火焰煨管和熬制沥青作业；
F、Motorized vehicles access into worksite 机动车辆进入施工现场。
3 Hot work control responsibility 施工用火管理职责
Construction team chief of XXXXXXXXXXXX will be responsible for hot work control. HSE control
group will inspect and supervise the hot work control.
XXXXXXXXXXXX 公司施工队负责人对施工用火管理负责，HSE 管理组对施工用火管理进行监督、检查。
4 general regulation 一般规定
A、Performing hot work which will produce open fire or sparks should apply for hot work permit in
第 165 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
advance
明火或产生火花的热作业应首先申请动火作业证，并得到批准后才能进行动火作业；
B、Before work, the worker who conduct hot work should accept hot work safety training and have
a good command of hot work safety basic knowledge. He should learn how to use firefighting
apparatus and make clear the surrounding conditions and evacuation route.
用火作业施工人员上岗前，必须按规定进行上岗前的用火安全教育，掌握用火作业的安全基础知识，
并会使用消防器材，熟悉周围环境和撤离路线；
C、Provide firefighting apparatus within the scope of hot work area and keep the fire road clean
and smooth.
用火作业和施工现场，必须按规定配置消防器材，并保持消防道路和畅通；
D、If there are inflammable and explosive materials around the hot work area, hot work cannot be
started until they are cleared away or safety protective measures are taken.
用火作业部位附近有可燃、易燃、易爆物品，在未作清理或未采取有效的安全防范措施前，不得动
火；
E、Before the external adjacent piping and equipment are not know if there is risk or not, no hot
work can be allowed.
与外部相连的管道与设备，在未查清有无险情之前，不得动火；
F、No hot work is allowed where there is open flame work.
附近有与明火作业相抵触的工种在作业时，不得动火；
G、When doing blasting and hammering work at inflammable gas area, make analysis on the
flammable and explosive gas contents. Then hot work can be started.
在有可燃、易爆气体区域进行爆破和锤击作业时，应先对现场的可燃、易爆气体含量进行分析，分
析合格后，方可进行作业；
a、Oxygen cylinder should be stored within an area parting from gas cylinder for a distance of 7
meters. Signs should be added within the storage area for the items with different composition. A fire
extinguisher of 5 kilograms or over should be prepared at least within the limit of 20 meters for gas
cylinder storage. Oxygen and gas cylinders should be parted from any hot work point in a distance of
10 meters and over.
储存氧气瓶的区域至少要离开燃气瓶 7 米。在储存区域应根据物品成分的不同加以标明。在气瓶储
存 20 米的范围内应配备至少一瓶 5 公斤或以上的灭火器。氧气，燃料气瓶，离任何动火点须 10 米以上。
b、Smoking and fire are not allowed at the area of chemical cleaning, degreasing and proofing
coating work.
进行化学清洗、脱脂和防腐涂料涂刷作业的场所应严格烟火；
c、After work, carefully inspect and clean site, shut down fire point and shut off power source
before leave.
施工完毕，应仔细检查清理现场，熄灭火种，切断电源后方可离开；
d、Provide firefighting equipment at warehouse and material yards.
仓库、材料堆场应按规定配置消防器材。
4） Hot work at elevated area 高处作业用火管理规定
第 166 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
1 When doing hot work at elevated area, set up spark preventive facility and take reliable
protective measures to the inflammable materials, equipment, cables and gas cylinders below.
Otherwise, no hot work can start.
高处动火作业时，必须设置防止火花飞溅坠落的设施，并对其下方可燃物、易燃物、机械设备、电
缆、气瓶等采取可靠的防护措施。否则不准动火
2 When working at elevated area, no work can be done with the proofing work simultaneously in
the vertical line.
高处作业用火时，不得与防腐施工同时进行垂直交叉作业；
3 Workers for welding and arc welding at elevated area should not turn on power source before
they reach work place
高处电焊、氩弧焊作业人员在未到达作业位置之前，不得开启电源；
.
4 When hot working at elevated area crosswise, appoint a full-time people to watch fire.
高处交叉动火作业时，应设专人看火；
5 No hot work at elevated area is allowed when wind force is stronger than scale 5.
风力大于五级时禁止高处作业动火。
5）Lifting work control 起重作业管理
1 Hazardous analysis 危害分析
It is a must to strengthen safety control during lifting work in order to prevent from personal injury
and equipment accident.
第 167 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
起重作业就是将重物起落、转移，以达到预期目的，而在这一过程中就可能发生重物坠落造成机毁
人亡的重大事故。因此必须加强安全管理，用以避免人身伤害与设备事故。
2 Crane 起重机械
A、No operation of any types of cranes or tower cranes shall be allowed without prior notice to the
contract superintendent.
任何形式的起重机或塔吊使用之前应先通知合同主管；
B、Before the use of lifting equipment, effective quality certificate of performance test and
inspection should be submitted to the XXX. Crane operators should obtain relative certificate through
HSE training by the XXX.
起重机械使用前，必须向 XXXX 呈交起重机械性能试验和检查的有效证明资料，起重机械操作人
员应通过 XXXX
的 HSE 培训并取得证书；
C、Cranes cannot be put into operation at the site without prior inspection and approval by the
representative from XXXXXXXXXXXX
吊机须经过 XXXXXXXXXXXX 人员检查通过，方可进场施工。
D、All the crane, hoister and other lifting equipments should be supported by relative legal
certificate, registration documents and other updated information for the sake of inspection by XXX at
any time.
所有起重机、卷扬机和其它吊装设备的用户应保存有关的法定证书、注册资料和其它更新资料以便
XXXX 随时检查；
E、The crane operating cabin should be provided with the comparison table between safety load
and turning radius. The hanger should be provided with safety spring device to avoid the movement of
rigging or load.
起重机械操作室应有安全载荷和回转半径对照表。起重机吊钩必须有防止吊索或荷载偏移的弹簧安
全扣子；
3 Lifting equipment and tools 起重机具
A、Steel wire rope, hanger, hoop and sliding wheel and wheel coupler, relief clamp, rope clamp
and hoister should be supported by quality certificate and operation instruction. Conduct a whole
inspection when they come to site for the first time and after they are used every time, and establish
record table.
钢丝绳、吊钩、卡环、滑轮及滑轮组、卸扣、绳卡及卷扬机等起重机具必须具有合格证及使用说明
书，初次进入现场和每次使用完后要进行检查，并建立记录台帐；
B、Operation, removal and movement of the lifting equipment and tools should be in accordance
with the regulation in the operation instruction and operation procedure.
起重机具的使用、拆除和移动应符合使用说明书及操作规程的规定；
C、Lifting equipment and tools should be inspected, maintained and repaired regularly during
operation, if the equipment is found damaged, twisted or weakened which reach the discard standard,
force to give a discard treatment and put into discard warehouse keeping in assortment and waiting
for treatment.
起重机具在使用过程中应受到经常检查、维护与保养，如设备出现磨损、损坏、打结、扭曲或减弱
等报废标准时，必须予以强制报废处理，并进入报废仓库，分类保管，等待处理。
第 168 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
4 Lifting worker 起重作业人员
A、Lifting workers, riggers and lifting mechanical operators should accept special learning and
safety technical training, get special work permit after qualified test issued by national or local
government, and approval as qualified in writing by XXXXXXXXXXXX contract superintendent, then
they can conduct lifting instruction and operation work. Workers without work permit are not allowed
for operation.
起重作业人员、司索人员（起重工）和起重机械操作人员，必须经过专业学习并接受安全技术培训，
经国家或业务主管部门考核合格，取得地方主管部门签发的特种作业操作证后，并且通过
XXXXXXXXXXXX 合同主管书面批准的合格的,方可从事起重指挥操作作业，严禁无证操作；
B、All the lifting workers should carry work permit with them. If XXX considers the workers are with
lack experience or unqualified training, XXX reserves the right to eliminate work qualification.
所有起重作业人员必须随身携带上岗证，如果因 XXXX 认为经验不足或培训不合格的起重作业人
员，XXXX 有权取消作业资格。
5 Lifting work 起重作业
A、For the lifting work of the equipment with a weight over 3 tons, parts or small-sized equipment
under special condition, it is necessary to prepare construction plan and measures. Submit it to
relevant department for approval according to important extent. Such lifting plan should be prepared at
least 7 days ahead of time and submitted to the contract superintendent from XXXXXXXXXXXX for
review and approval
3T 以上的设备、构件或小型设备在特殊条件上的吊装，应编制吊装方案及施工方案，并按重要程
度报有关部门审批，此类吊装方案开始至少提前 7 天前，上报 XXXXXXXXXXXX 合同主管审查及批准,
施工中未经审批人许可不得随意改变原方案和措施；
B、Give technical presentation to the lifting and erection technicians before lifting work. The
operators should understand lifting plan, commanding signal, safety technical requirement and lifting
equipment operational method.
起重作业前必须由技术人员向起重吊装人员进行技术交底，吊装作业人员必须熟知吊装方案、指挥
信号、安全技术要求及起重机械的操作方法；
C、Conduct inspection work step by step for the lifting of the equipment with a weight over 3 tons,
parts or small-sized equipment under special condition before lifting work.
3T 以上的设备、构件或小型设备在特殊条件上的吊装，进行起重作业前应逐级组织检查：
a、Inspect hanger, steel wire rope, hoop chain, sliding coupler, roller and speed reducer.
检查吊钩、钢丝绳、环形链、滑轮组、卷筒、减速器等易损零部件的安全技术状况；
b、Inspect electrical unit, hydraulic unit, clutch, brake, cutoff level gauge, alarm to see if they are in
accordance with the safety condition.
检查电气装置、液压装置、离合器、制动器、限位器、防碰撞装置、警报器等装置和安全装置是否
符合使用安全技术条件，并进行无负荷运载试验；
c、Inspect the crane to see if fire damper is mounted.
检查吊车是否安装有阻火器；
d、Inspect the ground condition, divide risk area and appoint watchman.
第 169 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
检查地面附着物情况，起重机械与地面的固定或垫土的设置情况，划分不准闲人进入的危险区域并
派人看护；
e、Inspect whether there are cables, wires on the ground where lifting work will be carried out.
检查确认起重机械作业时或在作业地点静置时各部位活动范围内有没有在用的电线、电缆和其它障
碍物；
f、Inspect the hanger and riggings to see if they are applicable, the quality and operation if they
are according to the safety technical requirement.
检查吊具与吊索选择是否适当，质量和使用是否符合安全技术要求；
D、If problems are found during inspection, the project head will organize to make rectification till
qualified.
在检查中发现的问题，由项目负责人组织落实、整改，直至合格为止；
E、HSE control group will supervise the above lifting work and rectification work for approval.
HSE 管理组负责对以上起重作业相应级别的检查整改情况进行监督确认。
6）Electrical consumption control 用电管理
1 Organization and design for temporary electrical construction
临时用电施工组织设计
A、When the temporary electrical equipment more than 5 sets and more, or equipment capacity
within 50KW, prepare electricity construction organization design.
临时用电设备在 5 台及其以上或设备总容量在 50KW 及其以下者，应编制临时用电施工组织设计。
临时用电设备在 5 台以下或设备总容量在 50KW 以下者，应制订安全用电技术措施和电气防火措施；
B、Temporary electrical consumption at site shall adopt three-phase five-wire system, carry out
three-pole electric distribution, two-pole protection with one machine one switch one protection.
第 170 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
施工现场临时用电应采用三相五线制，实行三级配电、两极保护，做到一机一闸一保护。
C、Weatherproof shelter should be additionally provided for the electrical facilities such as
distribution panel and box located outdoors at site.
施工现场在户外配置的配电柜、配电箱等电气设施，应增设防雨棚；
2 Comprehensive department will be responsible for application of construction electrical
facilities and equipment, repair and maintenance.
项目部综合部负责临时施工用电设施、设备的使用、检修及维护统一管理。
7）Scaffolding work 脚手架作业
1 Hazardous analysis 危害分析
Erection of scaffolding shall have direct influence on operator’s safety. Collapse of scaffolding
shall cause tremendous injury to the operators. Therefore, it is a must to normalize scaffolding work
control and prevent it from collapse and drop accident and protect worker’s personal safety.
脚手架的架设直接影响作业人员的安全，脚手架的坍塌将对作业人员造成毁灭性的伤害，因此必须
规范脚手架的管理，防止脚手架坍塌、高处坠落事故的发生，保护作业者的人身安全。
2 Selection of scaffolding materials 脚手架材料选用
A、Use steel tube as scaffolding post. Bamboo scaffolding is not allowed.
脚手架全部采用钢管脚手杆，不得采用竹制脚手架，
B、Before scaffolding work, the scaffolder should check and inspect the materials to see if they
are qualified.
脚手架搭设之前，架设作业人员应对所有架设材料进行检验，确认合格后方可使用。
C、Scaffold board should be no less than 50mm in thickness, 250-300mm in width, 4m in length.
Railing shall be adopted to support scaffold board every other 1.3 meters. Rotten and defected board
cannot be used as scaffold board.
脚手板应使用厚度不小于 50 毫米、宽度为 250~300 毫米，长度为 4 米的标准木板，每隔 1.3 米采
用横档进行支撑，这些铺板不得使用有腐朽、破裂等缺陷的木板作脚手架；
D、Skirts shall be necessary for the gangway, slanted stair and working plane on all scaffolds.
Skirts shall have a height of 100mm at least and be tied on the vertical poles at every corner.
所有脚手架的通道、斜梯、工作平面均需踢脚板，踢脚板至少有 100 毫米高，且应绑在每个角的立
杆上；
3 Scaffolding Erection 脚手架搭设
A、 The scaffolders must have qualification certificate. And their health can satisfy elevated work
requirement.
脚手架搭设作业人员必须取得特种作业操作证，且身体状况符合高处作业的要求；
第 171 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
B、Before scaffolding work, get everything ready and approve if the working condition, protective
equipment are safe and reliable. For large and special scaffolding work, prepare scaffolding plan and
set up scaffold according to it.
搭设脚手架前，应做好准备工作，明确作业点要求，确认工作环境、防护用品和工具安 全可靠，
大型和特殊脚手架，应编制脚手架施工方案，并按照批准的施工方案进行搭设；
C、Scaffolders shall carry out work by use of the upper and lower special gangway and work on
the scaffolding boards. A safety harness of buffer type double hook shall be applied for working on the
scaffold with a gap of excessive 1.8 meters.
搭设人员必须使用上下专用通道工作，并站在脚手板上作业，超过 1.8 米时使用五点/全身/双钩/缓
冲式安全带做跌落保护。
D、Operators shall go up and down the scaffold by way of stairs. Going up and down the scaffold
through handrails, mid-rails or brace shall not be permitted. A rest platform shall be provided every
other 8 meters on the stair or a continuous falling protective device be provided.
作业人员必须由梯子上下脚手架，不可从扶手，中栏杆或剪刀撑上下脚手架。梯子每隔 8 米须提供
休息平台,或者提供连续跌落保；
E、All scaffolds shall be established on a sturdy foundation and keep level and vertical. Every
vertical pole shall be underlaid with steel plate, under which shall be packed with scaffold board or
channel steel.
所有脚手架应搭建于牢固的地基上，保持水平和竖直。每个立杆下必须有钢垫板，钢垫板下应垫置
脚手板或槽钢；
F、Distance between vertical poles shall not exceed 2 meters with a step of not exceeding 1.8
meters. If otherwise calculated or noted in construction plan, any exceeding shall be not allowed.
From the second layer, scaffolding shall be tied up and so for every other layer afterward. Every other
5.4 meters in horizontal direction shall be necessarily tied up.立杆距离不超过 2 米，步距不超过 1.8 米，
除非经过计算，施工方案注明，方可以超过, 脚手架从第二层开始应做拉结，随后每隔一层都应拉结；
水平方向每隔 5.4 米需做拉结；
G、 Platform gang-board shall be fixed at its location. Extruded portion at the terminal of
scaffolding board shall be parted from steel tube with a gap of at least 15 cm, but no larger than 30
cm.
平台跳板应固定到位，脚手板末端挑出部分应至少离钢管 15 厘米但不得大于 30 厘米。并绑扎牢固；
H、At the access port on the working platform shall be provided with a door to avoid directly going
up and down the scaffolding from the railings.
在工作平台进口/出口处提供门，应避免从栏杆上或下进入脚手架；
I、At the place for personal access under scaffolding shall be provided with a protective shelter,
between skirts and handrails shall be set up a fine mesh safety net or the equivalent.
在脚手架下方进出人员的地方，需设防护棚，并在踢脚板和扶手之间架设密纹安全网或等效物；
第 172 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
J、不得超过脚手架的安全工作负荷；
Scaffolding shall not be in excess of safe work load.
K、脚手架搭设过程中，作业人员要严格执行操作规程，附近和下方不得有人员作业，作业区域应
设置警示标志，非作业人员不得入内；
During scaffolding work, the workers must follow operation regulation. Take adequate protective
measures to keep safe. Hang up safety tags at the place where danger exists. No one can be allowed
in without permission.
L、It is not allowed to throw scaffold materials from the structure up and down. Use ropes,
container or belts to convey materials.
不得把脚手架材料从结构上抛上抛下，应该用绳子、容器或带子等运输材料；
M、Scaffolding work such as scaffold board and post binding and release fasteners cannot be
stopped in the middle of work.
在搭设脚手架过程中，如脚手板、杆木绑扎或已拆开绑扣，不得中途停止作业；
4 Scaffolding acceptance check and application 脚手架的交接验收与使用
A、Scaffolding acceptance check 脚手架的交接验收
After scaffolding work, the work team will inspect it by themselves and have it repaired when
necessary. It should be approved by construction head. After completion, carry out inspection and
acceptance check formality.
脚手架搭设完毕，作业班组必须按施工要求先进行全面的自检，特殊情况下需作局部修改时，须经
施工负责人同意，同时应由原来架设班组操作，完成后仍需履行检查交接验收手续；
B、Scaffolding application 脚手架的使用
a、Before application of scaffolding, inspection should be performed by the contractor’s safety
officer. A repeated inspection should be done after the occurring of any influence on the structural
safety. Only such scaffolding as qualified after inspection and attached with efficient inspection board
can be employed. The effective duration of the inspection board shall keep one day.
脚手架使用前，必须经过承包商安全人员的检查；在任何影响结构安全的情况发生后，再次检查；
只有经检查合格，并且附有有效检查牌的脚手架可以使用。检查牌的有效时间为一天；
b、Divide the incomplete scaffolding at access point and use signing and tagging.
必须把每一个不完整的脚手架在通道处隔开，每处都应挂警告标记牌；
c、Workers should go into the work layer from ramp or special ladder. It is not allowed to climb up
along scaffolding.
作业人员应从斜道或专用梯子到作业层，不得沿脚手架攀登；
d、Inspect scaffold weekly and prepare a written report, list scaffolding defects and repair method.
Make an overall inspection to the scaffolding after storm. Immediately tighten or replace parts if loose
or inclination found.
第 173 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
按照周计划对每个脚手架进行检查，并应准备一份书面报告，列出脚手架的缺陷和相应的纠正措施，
大风暴后应进行全面检查，如有松动、折裂或倾斜等情况，应及时紧固或更换；
e、When excavate near scaffolding, strengthen scaffolding first.
在脚手架上或近处挖土时，应先加固脚手架；
f、It is not allowed to remove scaffolding post or board during application, even partial cutting and
damage.
脚手架在使用过程中，不得随意拆除架杆或脚手板，更不得局部切割和损坏；
8）Radiographic detective test 射线探伤作业
1 Radiographic inspectionTraining 射线探伤人员培训
A、All the radiographic detective test worker, equipment maintenance and repair worker should
accept safety operation, accident prevention training and have effective radiographic test work permit.
所有射线探伤操作人员、设备维护、维修人员都必须进行相应的安全操作、防护及事故处理等知识的培
训。并持有有效的射线作业许可证；
B、At the site shall be equipped with acceptable measuring instruments.
现场必须备有合格的测量仪
C、Special radioactive work should be provided with work permit. Radioactive work shall be
carried out only after the approval by the Owner.
特定放射作业必须要有工作许可；放射作业必须在得到业主同意后方能进行。
D、When radiographic test in work, set up red warning belts, radioactive warning flag and signings.
Surrounding the area, set up signing with “radioactive hazard” and international symbol marked. And
at the same time provide flash signal lamp. If necessary, appoint a watchman.
在施工现场进行探伤时，应使用红色的警戒带、辐射专用警戒旗及标志牌构成禁区。四周都应设置
标志牌。标志牌应注明“放射有害危险”和放射性国际符号，同时要求有闪光信号灯，必要时应派人守卫
在监督区外围；
E、Prior to radioactive work, all other people should make clear the jobsite. Contractor that is not
involved in radioactive work must be sure that his personnel will abide by the signboard, alarm and
isolation barrier at the jobsite.
放射作业开始前，所有其他人员必须明确作业区域，不涉及放射作业的承包商必须确保其员工遵守
作业区域的警告标识、警报和隔离屏障。
F、X-ray radiographic test preparation work should be completed before test work. During
detection, no one can be allowed to approach the exposure lens.
X 光探伤的准备工作必须在探伤操作前全部完成，探伤期间任何人不得接近曝光头。应合理选择 X
光机位置，充分利用现场临界屏幕物使操作人员所受辐射剂量降低到最低水平。
G、When working at night, provide sufficient lamp and set up warning lamp. For large-sized
container requiring long time detection, arrange a supervisor on duty, strengthen round inspection to
guard against other people into the radioactive area.
夜间作业，必须保证足够的照明，并应设置警示灯。对大型容器进行长时间透照时，应安排监测值
班人员，加强巡测检查，重要通道点看守，防止其它人员误入辐射区。
第 174 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
Section 5.7 Protection for machine and equipment
第 5.7 节 机械设备防护
（1）Unauthorized personnel must not operate, interfere or tamper with plant or equipment.
未经许可的人员不得操作、干扰或损害机械设备。
（2） Persons authorized to use machines must first check that guards are in position and that
any other safety device e.g. emergency stops, are in normal working order.
允许使用机械的人员必须首先检查防护装置，以及其他安全设施情况，如紧急停止装置，处
于正常工作状态。
（3）All plant or equipment brought onto OWNER premises must be properly guarded to prevent
injury, and be CE marked (or to a standard equivalent).
所有在业主区域内使用的机械设备必须事先得到检查以防损伤，并且贴有业主检验合格标识（或同
等标准）
第 5.8 节 现场保卫
Section 5.8 Site security and guard
In strict accordance with the requirements of the client and deployment, make the whole
construction site security work.
严格按照业主的要求和部署，做好整个施工现场的保卫工作。
门卫室（Guard room）
门卫形象（Guard image）
（1）Personnel and vehicle control 人员、车辆控制
1）Personnel and vehicle in and out should accept the client inspection. No materials can be
conveyed out of the site without client written permit.
人员、车辆和材料的进出场必须接受业主的检查，未经业主书面批准，任何材料不得擅自离开现场；
2）Personnel coming into the site should carry pass permit prepared by XXX with him.
进入现场的人员须佩戴由 XXXX 审核并统一制作的通行证；
3）参观人员的出入现场应得到批准和事前通知；
Visitors coming into and going out of the site should get approval and notice in advance.
4）Vehicles coming into site should have pass permit issued by the factory.
第 175 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
车辆进入现场应有工厂授权的通行证；
（2）Inspection tour 巡检
1）Equipped with a certain guardians, divided into four groups, go on inspection tour every day
with three shift in turn per day. Especially strengthen inspection during the time of work stop.
施工现场配备一定数量的保卫人员，分四个班组，每日三班轮流全天侯巡检，尤其应加强施工作业
停止时段的巡检；
2）Provide a certain quantity of search lights to assure there are no blind area for inspection in
foggy, rainy, snowy day and at night.
整个施工现场沿线的照明，应在依托原有道路和装置照明的前题下，在照明盲区增设一定数量的探
照灯，保证巡检人员雾天、雨雪天和夜间巡检无盲区；
3）Search lights should be considered for illuminating capacity to satisfy the need of inspection
during foggy, rainy, snowy day and at night.
探照灯的选用考虑透照能力，保证雾天、雨雪天和夜间巡检的需要；
4）Inspectors should be equipped with corresponding walkie-talkie and guard equipment to assure
smooth implement of inspection.
巡检人员应配备相应的对讲、呼叫和防卫装备，以保证巡检任务的顺利执行。
Section 5.9 Field Civilization Construction measure
第 5.9 节 现场文明施工措施
（1） Project civilization construction organization and plan principle
XXXXXXXXXXXX 公司项目文明施工组织机构及平面规划原则
1）Project civilization construction organization 项目文明施工组织机构
This work shall be done by HSE control commission. HSE chief is responsible for civilization
construction at the same time. Detail work shall be coordinated and organized by the engineering
control group.
本项目现场文明施工的管理由 HSE 管理委员会负责，HSE 负责人同时负责文明施工，具体实施由工
程管理组负责协调组织，其它部门配合实施；
2）Project manager will make comprehensive arrangement for temporary facilities, transport road,
work sequence according to general layout plan. Prepare “Work Layout plan” and submit to XXX for
approval.
现场的施工总平面由项目经理根据现场的实际地形对临时设施、运输道路、施工顺序等进行综合布
置。编制“施工平面布置图”，并提交 XXXX 审定批准后，在现场按总体规划分步实施；
3）Construction temporary facilities floor area should follow the general layout plan approved by
XXX during work. Temporary facilities, equipment, materials should be put in a good order with tags to
keep the site in reasonable arrangement and clean condition.
第 176 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
施工过程中严格按照 XXXX 审批的“施工平面布置图”进行施工过程中生产临设的占地使用，严格
按照经 XXXX 批准的施工总平面图进行现场文明施工管理，临设、机具、材料等要有标识并分类、分规
格摆放，保持施工现场的合理布置与整洁有序。
（2）Site Sanitary control 现场卫生管理
1）No asbestos materials and products shall be allowed to use at site.现场严禁使用石棉制品
2）Regularly dispose of waste materials area and rubbish bin left at jobsite or office area
controlled by project department. Keep worksite clean and tidy. Constructors shall be responsible for
storing and periodically disposing of all waste after approval by. Burning of trash and other
combustible waste materials shall not be permitted. Surplus material and other construction materials
shall be disposed to the designated location according to XXX’s instruction.
XXXXXXXXXXXX 公司项目经理部配置在施工作业区域或办公室区域内的废料箱、垃圾箱，由项目部负
责管理和定期清理，各作业单位或个人不准挪用或随意移动该设施，被清理的垃圾要按 XXXX 和环保的
要求，要有良好的分类和收集方法，把废物材料运输至地方政府或 XXXX 规定的废物抛弃指定位置。禁
止在现场焚烧施工或生活等各类垃圾；
3）Carry out high standard and strict requirement control work at site. Have a cleaning work once
a week. Carry out equipment and material transportation and erection according to plan.
施工现场管理高标准、严要求、现场每周至少大清扫一次，设备、材料的运输、吊装应严格按计划
执行；
4）People appointed by the project department will clean site lavatory. Keep lavatory and drain
system smooth and unblocked. No bowel movement and urine are allowed at site.
现场按施工平面布置所设置的厕所由工程部派人负责清理，保持厕所的上水系统、排水系统畅通。
严禁在施工现场随处大小便。
（3）Site work control 现场施工管理
1）Follow the client arrangement and every regulation and system. If there is pollution from the
following process to previous process, prepare measures to assure the previous process with no harm.
The installed and located equipment and pipeline should be taken pollution prevention and damage
prevention measures. Painting and welding at elevated work area, prevention measure should be
taken to the lower lay equipment and materials.
施工中听从业主统一部署和安排，遵守业主的各项管理规定和制度。当下道工序对上道工序有污染
时，应制定措施，保证上道工序不受损害。已安装就位设备与管线做到防污染，防损伤措施。高空刷漆
或电焊施工时，不得四处喷洒溅落，施工者要负责对下层设备、材料的保护。
2）Electric welding machine and air compressor should be covered with rain-proof shed and three
sidings. Cable laying should be in good order.
施工用的电焊机、空压机等应有防雨棚、做到三面档，一面敞，上有盖、下有垫，线路敷设整齐，
并有专人负责。
第 177 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
电焊机标准化管理图片示意图
3）Immediately retrieve surplus and waste materials. Construction materials should be cleared
away after work to guarantee the site clean, road smooth and through, drainage system under good
condition. Set up construction marking when working in the place where vehicles will pass.
及时回收余料、废料、严禁乱堆乱放，施工材料做到料尽场清，保证施工场地清洁、道路畅通、排
水系统处于良好的使用状态。在车辆、行为通行的地方施工时，应设置施工标志；
4）Put the acetylene cylinder, oxygen cylinder in a good order and capped
乙炔气瓶、氧气瓶等压缩气瓶按要求摆放整齐，遮盖好；
氧气瓶放置要求示意图片
乙炔瓶放置要求示意图片
5）Site water pipe, cable, conductor, welding wire should be installed and used according to the
regulation and safety rules and arranged according to construction organization design. The welding
flexible cord, oxygen belt and welding rod should be retrieved after work every day.
水、电管理应由专人负责。现场的水管、电缆、导线、电焊把线、二次把线等的安装和使用必须符
合安装规范和安全操作规程，并按施工组织设计进行合理布置，不准乱拉乱扯，随意接线。使用的电焊
软线、氧气带和电焊条，每日收工后应盘好收回；
6）The excavated trench or ditch must be backfilled in time. Dispose of soil out of the plant. It is
not allowed to cover the equipment with soil or materials.
第 178 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
施工中开挖沟、槽要及时回填土，余土要及时清出厂区，不得将土盖在设备或材料上；
7）Before commissioning work, all the materials and articles in the workshop and shop building
should be placed in good order. There should be no dust on equipment and pipeline surface.
试车前，厂房内、工作间的各类物品要摆放整齐，清理干净，做到设备、管道表面无灰尘；
8）Various kinds of remaining supplies should be retrieved in time according to the regulation and
transported out of the plant.
施工中的各种剩余物资应按规定及时回收，运出现场；
9）Strengthen site security and guard work to prevent the apparatus from stealing.
加强施工现场安全保卫工作，以防器材失窃。
Section 5.10 Encouraging method for HSE management
第 5.10 节 HSE 管理激励措施
The purpose of the encouraging of HSE management is to train the personnel for further laying stress
on safe production and healthy and civilized work by way of the implementation of encouraging
method.
HSE 管理激励的目的：通过实施奖励的办法，教育员工更加重视安全生产，健康文明施工，提高对
环境的保护意识。
实施方法：安全经理、安全员每天现场巡视，把在执行 HSE 管理规章中表现优秀的人员记录下来，
每周进行综合评述，按 10%的比例进行奖励，奖励金额每次 50~200 元不等。
Practice method: safety manager and safetymen shall go on a tour inspection at site every day.
People who showed an outstanding performance in the implementation of HSE management
regulation shall be recorded in file. A summary assessment shall be carried out every week and bonus
shall be awarded at a rate of 10%. The bonus amount shall be RMB50~200 each time.
Appraisal time: once a week 评比时间：每周一次。
Appraisal reference: the wearing of PPE 评选依据：PPE 佩带
Get rid of and report hidden safety accident 清除或举报安全隐患
Put forth safety reasonable recommendation 提出合理化安全建议
Safe and civilized construction and protection for finished products 安全文明施工及成品保护
第 179 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
Section 5.11 For forms relating to HSE
第 5.11 节 涉及 HSE 相关的表格
现场危险度分析表
第 180 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
List of Analysis on the Risk at the Site
第 181 页
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
工地事故树分析一：
未及时发现
可燃物
X 光射线
空气
红外线
火源
射
紫
违
电
、
可
燃
气
体
、
木
材
、
电
线
走
向
凌
线
探
伤
外
线
伤
章
动
路
过
乱
仪
人
火
载
Fig. 1 Tree type Analysis on Accident at site
Not found in due time
Inflammable items
X-ray
Air
Infrared rays
第 182 页
Fire source
XXXXXXX 有限公司扩建厂房工程
工地事故树分析二：
电动工具切割打磨
高空落物伤人
未按规定穿戴
劳动防护用品
火花 砂轮片
高空落物
天
气
热
违
反
操
作
规
违
反
安
全
规
起
重
物
体
坠
工
具
材
料
坠
落
伤
不
系
安
全
带
坠
程
定
落
人
落
Fig. 2 Tree type Analysis on Accident at Site
Cutting and Grinding by
electric tools
People hurt by drop object
from height
PPE use out of
specification
Sparks Sand disc
第 183 页
Drop objects from
height